QuantaStor CLI Command Reference

OSNEXUS QuantaStor CLI 6.4.1 Copyright (c) 2009-2024 OSNEXUS Corporation. All rights reserved.

The following QuantaStor CLI command reference documentation is also available from the CLI itself by running 'qs help' and 'qs help --min'. The 'qs' CLI is on every QuantaStor system by default and you can also install it on other systems by downloading the QS CLI package from our downloads page.

USAGE

   qs COMMAND --mandatory-arg=value [--optional-arg=value] [--flags=force,async,...] [--server=ip,user,passwd] [-u=user,passwd] [--min [--nonames] | --noheader | --verbose | --xml | --json ] 
   qs imode|i  : Interactive mode (CTRL-C to exit)

HELP

   qs help|h [command-name|partial-command-name] [--min]

OUTPUT MODES

   --min           : Minimal mode prints command and required arguments plus a brief command 
                      description.
   --verbose       : Verbose mode prints command and all arguments, a brief command description 
                      plus detailed descriptions of each keyword argument.
   --xml           : XML output mode
   --json          : JSON output mode
   --csv           : CSV output mode
   --min --nonames : Blocks automatic conversion of UUIDs to names (see disk-list, tp-list).

SERVER AUTHENTICATION

   --server=ipaddress[,username,password] : Comma separated values, no spaces.

   qs CLI will attempt to authenticate with the default 'admin','password' if username and password 
   are not supplied. You may also provide authentication credentials by setting and exporting the 
   QS_SERVER environment variable (export QS_SERVER=ipaddress[,username[,password]]) or by placing 
   the credentials in the file '~/.qs.cnf' (e.g., 192.168.0.10,admin,password).

EXAMPLES

   qs help --min
   qs pool-list
   qs volume-list --xml
   qs volume-create --name=vol1 --size=100G --pool=pool0

SEE ALSO

   qs-sendlogs <companyname>   : Sends a log report to support for analysis
   qs-iostat                   : Shows device and pool IO statistics
   qs-version                  : Shows version information about the local CLI, service, and grid nodes.
   qs-status                   : Shows the status of the key service daemons
   qs-showlog                  : Prints the service log, use -f to tail the log, -e to check for errors & warnings
   qs-util                     : Various system and common RAID controller utility commands
   qs-zconvert                 : For importing and converting foreign OpenZFS filesystems with the QuantaStor naming conventions.

COMMAND

help

Display help for all commands. 'qs help' provides a verbose listing of all commands with their input parameters. Use 'qs help --min' for a compacted list of commands, or use 'qs help=<search>' for help on all commands which contain the specified search value.

 qs help|h [--command=value ] [--category=value ] [--wiki=value ] [--api=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	command	A specific CLI command to get detailed help with.
	category	Category of commands to get help with (acl, alert, host, host-group, license, role, session, schedule, pool, quota, system, volume, volume-group, task, user, user-group).
	wiki	Generates help output in a format that's importable into MediaWiki.
	api	Generates help output in a parsable format for automating API.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

tc-commands

List of commands for tab completion

 qs tc-commands [--command=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	command	Command to show method args for.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Alert Management [ALERT]

Alerts are generated by the system and routed to the administrators via the various call-home mechanisms which include email, SNMP, PagerDuty, Slack, and custom alert handlers. Alerts include a severity, a descriptive message, and in most cases an identifier referring to the element of the system or grid that is the subject of the alert.

alert-clear

Deletes the alert with the specified ID.

 qs alert-clear|a-clear --filter=value [--ack=value ] [--close=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	filter	Specify a comma delimited list of one or more Alerts to be removed/cleared. Alerts may be identified by UUID or by strings which will be matched against the title and description text.
	ack	Rather than clearing the alerts they're acknowledged and marked with a timestamp of when it was acknowledged.
	close	Acknowledges and closes the alert by sending a 'close' event to all registered ITSM modules.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

alert-clear-all

Clears all the alerts.

 qs alert-clear-all|a-clear-all [--ack=value ] [--close=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ack	Rather than clearing the alerts they're acknowledged and marked with a timestamp of when it was acknowledged.
	close	Acknowledges and closes the alert by sending a 'close' event to all registered ITSM modules.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

alert-config-get

Alert configuration settings indicate where alert notifications should be sent.

 qs alert-config-get|ac-get [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

alert-config-set

Sets the alert configuration settings such as the administrator email address, SMTP server address, etc. Be sure to use the alert-raise command to generate a test alert after you modify the alert configuration settings to ensure that emails are being properly sent.

 qs alert-config-set|ac-set [--sender-email=value ] [--smtp-server=value ] [--smtp-port=value ] [--smtp-user=value ] [--smtp-password=value ] [--smtp-auth=value ] [--support-email=value ] [--pool-freespace-warning=value ] [--pool-freespace-urgent=value ] [--pool-freespace-critical=value ] [--share-freespace-warning=value ] [--share-freespace-urgent=value ] [--share-freespace-critical=value ] [--enable-syslog=value ] [--endpoints=value ] [--enable-alerts=value ] [--disable-alerts=value ] [--pause-alerts=value ] [--snmp-user=value ] [--snmp-password=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	sender-email	Sender email address to be used for alert emails sent from the Storage System.
	smtp-server	IP Address of the SMTP service where emails should be routed through.
	smtp-port	Port number of the SMTP service (eg 25, 465, 587) where emails should be routed through (0 indicates auto-select).
	smtp-user	SMTP user name to use for secure SMTP access to your SMTP server for sending alert emails.
	smtp-password	SMTP password to use for secure SMTP access to your SMTP server.
	smtp-auth	SMTP security mode.
	support-email	Email address for local customer support.
	pool-freespace-warning	The percentage (default=30) of free-space left in a pool at which a warning is sent to indicate pool growth plans should be made.
	pool-freespace-urgent	The percentage (default=10) of free-space left in a pool at which alerts are generated.
	pool-freespace-critical	The percentage (default=5) of free-space left in a pool at which all provisioning operations are blocked.
	share-freespace-warning	The percentage (default=20) of free-space left in a share quota at which a 'warning' alert is raise to indicate the share is low on space.
	share-freespace-urgent	The percentage (default=10) of free-space left in a share quota at which a 'urgent' alert is generated.
	share-freespace-critical	The percentage (default=5) of free-space left in a share quota at which a 'critically low' alert is raised and writes will soon begin to be blocked.
	enable-syslog	Enable alerts appended to '/var/log/syslog'.
	endpoints	Add new endpoints by specifying a comma delimited list in the format "module:endpointurl,module:endpointurl" and use the ~ prefix to remove entries.
	enable-alerts	Enables previously disabled alerts, use '*' to enable all disabled alert triggers.
	disable-alerts	Disables the specified alert types/triggers. Specify specific triggers by UUID or by the SNMP trap index.
	pause-alerts	Pauses the specified alert types/triggers for 30 days.
	snmp-user	SNMP User name
	snmp-password	SNMP User password
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

alert-get

Gets information about a specific alert.

 qs alert-get|a-get --id=value [--flags=value ] 

	id	Unique identifier (GUID) for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

alert-list

Returns a list of all the alerts from all systems in the grid. Adjust the settings for the 'admin' or custom user account(s) to indicate alerts to be sent out via email call-home mechanism.

 qs alert-list|a-list [--filter=value ] [--ack=value ] [--close=value ] [--filtered=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	filter	Specify a comma delimited list of one or more Alerts to be removed/cleared. Alerts may be identified by UUID or by strings which will be matched against the title and description text.
	ack	Rather than clearing the alerts they're acknowledged and marked with a timestamp of when it was acknowledged.
	close	Acknowledges and closes the alert by sending a 'close' event to all registered ITSM modules.
	filtered	Returns just the 'value' most recently created.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

alert-raise

Allows one to raise a user generated alert for testing the SMTP server configuration settings.

 qs alert-raise|a-raise --title=value --message=value [--alert-severity=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	title	Title string to be echoed back from the server.
	message	Message string to be echoed back from the server.
	alert-severity	Severity of the user generated alert to be raise. [always, critical, error, *info, warning]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

alert-type-get

Returns information about a specific Alert Type/trigger.

 qs alert-type-get|at-get --alert-trigger=value [--flags=value ] 

	alert-trigger	Alert types/triggers can be turned on, off or paused for 30 days to reduce noise during maintenance.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

alert-type-list

Returns a list of all the Alert Types/triggers and their state (enabled/disabled/paused)

 qs alert-type-list|at-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

audit-log-list

List audit log entries from the specified Storage System.

 qs audit-log-list|audit-list [--max-entries=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--audit-user=value ] [--audit-entry-types=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	max-entries	Maximum number of audit log entries to return, default 100.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	audit-user	Only gather audit entries associated with the specified user UUID.
	audit-entry-types	Only gather audit entries of the specified type [alert, api, message, *none, task]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

event-list

Returns a list of all the internal events in the event queue (used for service monitoring).

 qs event-list|ev-list [--index=value ] [--max=value ] [--time-stamp=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	index	Starting event index of where to begin listing events from.
	max	Maximum number of events to enumerate.
	time-stamp	Time-stamp of the service.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Backup Policy Management [BACKUP-POLICY]

Backup policies provide a mechanism for scheduling and executing automatic backups of 3rd party filers and other NFS/SMB shares in an environment directly to a Network Share.

backup-job-get

Returns detailed information on a specific backup job.

 qs backup-job-get|bj-get --job=value [--flags=value ] 

	job	A Backup Job contains the active state of a backup run associated with a Backup Policy including the start time and the number of files copied.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

backup-job-list

Returns a list of backup jobs in the system.

 qs backup-job-list|bj-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

backup-policy-create

Creates a Backup Policy which can copy/move data to from NAS shares and Cloud Containers.

 qs backup-policy-create|bp-create --name=value --network-share=value --remote-hostname=value [--remote-export-path=value ] [--remote-export-type=value ] [--desc=value ] [--retain-rules=value ] [--policy-type=value ] [--scan-threads=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--interval=value ] [--hours=value ] [--days=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--max-snaps=value ] [--rc-hourly=value ] [--rc-dailies=value ] [--rc-weeklies=value ] [--rc-monthlies=value ] [--rc-quarterlies=value ] [--retain-period=value ] [--purge-policy=value ] [--backup-to-root=value ] [--maintain-logs=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--smb-username=value ] [--smb-password=value ] [--age-days-min=value ] [--age-days-max=value ] [--create-links=value ] [--force-remove-tiered=value ] [--remote-export-sub-path=value ] [--filter-mode=value ] [--filter-string=value ] [--size-threshold=value ] [--auto-copy=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	network-share	Name or ID of a CIFS/NFS Network Share.
	remote-hostname	Hostname/IP address to a remote NFS/SMB server or the UUID of a Cloud Container.
	remote-export-path	Remote export directory path for NFS export, SMB share.
	remote-export-type	Remote export mount type. [cloudcontainer, *nfs, smb]
	desc	A description for the object.
	retain-rules	Retention rules (atime, ctime, mtime) [atime, ctime, *mtime]
	policy-type	Backup policy types. [*copy-inbound, copy-outbound, move-inbound, move-outbound]
	scan-threads	Number of concurrent threads for walking/scanning the specified target export (default: 5)
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	interval	(interval based) Delay interval in minutes between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started. Minimum schedule delay interval is 3 minutes.
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	max-snaps	Maximum number of snapshots to retain for this schedule, after which the oldest snapshot is removed before a new one is created.
	rc-hourly	Retention count of hourly snapshots. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-dailies	Retention count of daily snapshots. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-weeklies	Retention count of weekly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-monthlies	Retention count of monthly snapshots. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-quarterlies	Retention count of quarterly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	retain-period	Max age of files in days until they are purged (default: 0 / never delete files).
	purge-policy	Indicates how old files should be cleaned up / purged from the backup. [after-backup, daily, *never, weekly]
	backup-to-root	Indicates that the backups should go into the root folder of the Network Share.
	maintain-logs	Maintain logs of all the files that were backed up in the /var/log/backup-log folder within the appliance.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	enabled	Set to enabled to activate the backup policy.
	smb-username	Specifies the SMB username to use to access the specified remote filer SMB share.
	smb-password	Specifies the SMB password to use to access the specified remote filer SMB share.
	age-days-min	Minimum number of days old the file must be for it to be backed up by the Backup Policy. Setting this to 0 indicates no minimum age.
	age-days-max	Maximum number of days old the file may be for it to be backed up by the Backup Policy. Setting this to 0 indicates no maximum age. By setting both a minimum and a maximum of 0 all files are backed up. By setting one or both of a minimum and maximum age a file age range may be specified.
	create-links	Creates file stubs (symbolic links) for files migrated from the Network Share to a given Cloud Container so that the files may continue to be accessed from the Network Share as if they had not been moved. Only applies to Cloud Container based move-outbound backups.
	force-remove-tiered	Links are created once a day. Using this option will force creation of links on every trigger.
	remote-export-sub-path	Destination sub-directory.
	filter-mode	Filter files based on the mode and the filter string matching. [exclude, include, *none]
	filter-string	Filter any files which contain the specified pattern from the backup policy. See 'Filter Mode'.
	size-threshold	The minimum size for a file to be included in the backup.
	auto-copy	Supplies real-time data protection by automatically copying files to a destination share.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

backup-policy-delete

Deletes the specified backup policy.

 qs backup-policy-delete|bp-delete --policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	policy	A Backup Policy name or ID which is associated with a Network Share to do backups.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

backup-policy-disable

Disables the specified backup policy so job are not automatically run.

 qs backup-policy-disable|bp-disable --policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	policy	A Backup Policy name or ID which is associated with a Network Share to do backups.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

backup-policy-enable

Enables a backup policy that was previously disabled.

 qs backup-policy-enable|bp-enable --policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	policy	A Backup Policy name or ID which is associated with a Network Share to do backups.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

backup-policy-get

Returns detailed information on a specific backup policy.

 qs backup-policy-get|bp-get --policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	policy	A Backup Policy name or ID which is associated with a Network Share to do backups.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

backup-policy-list

Returns a list of backup policies in the system.

 qs backup-policy-list|bp-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

backup-policy-modify

Modifies the specified backup policy settings.

 qs backup-policy-modify|bp-modify --policy=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--remote-hostname=value ] [--remote-export-path=value ] [--remote-export-type=value ] [--retain-rules=value ] [--policy-type=value ] [--scan-threads=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--interval=value ] [--hours=value ] [--days=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--max-snaps=value ] [--rc-hourly=value ] [--rc-dailies=value ] [--rc-weeklies=value ] [--rc-monthlies=value ] [--rc-quarterlies=value ] [--retain-period=value ] [--purge-policy=value ] [--backup-to-root=value ] [--maintain-logs=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--smb-username=value ] [--smb-password=value ] [--age-days-min=value ] [--age-days-max=value ] [--create-links=value ] [--force-remove-tiered=value ] [--remote-export-sub-path=value ] [--filter-mode=value ] [--filter-string=value ] [--size-threshold=value ] [--auto-copy=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	policy	A Backup Policy name or ID which is associated with a Network Share to do backups.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	remote-hostname	Hostname/IP address to a remote NFS/SMB server or the UUID of a Cloud Container.
	remote-export-path	Remote export directory path for NFS export, SMB share.
	remote-export-type	Remote export mount type. [cloudcontainer, *nfs, smb]
	retain-rules	Retention rules (atime, ctime, mtime) [atime, ctime, *mtime]
	policy-type	Backup policy types. [*copy-inbound, copy-outbound, move-inbound, move-outbound]
	scan-threads	Number of concurrent threads for walking/scanning the specified target export (default: 5)
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	interval	(interval based) Delay interval in minutes between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started. Minimum schedule delay interval is 3 minutes.
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	max-snaps	Maximum number of snapshots to retain for this schedule, after which the oldest snapshot is removed before a new one is created.
	rc-hourly	Retention count of hourly snapshots. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-dailies	Retention count of daily snapshots. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-weeklies	Retention count of weekly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-monthlies	Retention count of monthly snapshots. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-quarterlies	Retention count of quarterly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	retain-period	Max age of files in days until they are purged (default: 0 / never delete files).
	purge-policy	Indicates how old files should be cleaned up / purged from the backup. [after-backup, daily, *never, weekly]
	backup-to-root	Indicates that the backups should go into the root folder of the Network Share.
	maintain-logs	Maintain logs of all the files that were backed up in the /var/log/backup-log folder within the appliance.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	enabled	Set to enabled to activate the backup policy.
	smb-username	Specifies the SMB username to use to access the specified remote filer SMB share.
	smb-password	Specifies the SMB password to use to access the specified remote filer SMB share.
	age-days-min	Minimum number of days old the file must be for it to be backed up by the Backup Policy. Setting this to 0 indicates no minimum age.
	age-days-max	Maximum number of days old the file may be for it to be backed up by the Backup Policy. Setting this to 0 indicates no maximum age. By setting both a minimum and a maximum of 0 all files are backed up. By setting one or both of a minimum and maximum age a file age range may be specified.
	create-links	Creates file stubs (symbolic links) for files migrated from the Network Share to a given Cloud Container so that the files may continue to be accessed from the Network Share as if they had not been moved. Only applies to Cloud Container based move-outbound backups.
	force-remove-tiered	Links are created once a day. Using this option will force creation of links on every trigger.
	remote-export-sub-path	Destination sub-directory.
	filter-mode	Filter files based on the mode and the filter string matching. [exclude, include, *none]
	filter-string	Filter any files which contain the specified pattern from the backup policy. See 'Filter Mode'.
	size-threshold	The minimum size for a file to be included in the backup.
	auto-copy	Supplies real-time data protection by automatically copying files to a destination share.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

backup-policy-trigger

Triggers the specified backup policy which in turn starts a backup job.

 qs backup-policy-trigger|bp-trigger --policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	policy	A Backup Policy name or ID which is associated with a Network Share to do backups.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Scale-out Object / Ceph Management [CEPH]

Commands for management, monitoring, and configuration of Ceph object clusters and associated storage.

bucket-cleanup-orphans

Cleans up orphaned bucket objects that were not removed properly as part of a previous bucket delete.

 qs bucket-cleanup-orphans|b-cleanup-orphans [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--concurrency=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	concurrency	Level of per node concurrency of 'rados rm' calls for the removal of orphan objects operation from 1 to 10 with a default of 4.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

bucket-create

Creates a new S3 bucket in the specified Ceph Cluster.

 qs bucket-create|b-create --name=value --s3-user=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--bucket-acl=value ] [--quota-size=value ] [--object-lock-mode=value ] [--object-lock-duration-days=value ] [--enable-lifecycle-policy=value ] [--lifecycle-policy-days=value ] [--enable-nfs=value ] [--estimated-objects=value ] [--count=value ] [--integration-options=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	bucket-acl	Indicates the type of user access provided to the bucket. [auth-read, *private, public-read, public-read-write]
	quota-size	Size of the quota in bytes with optional suffix (MB, GB, TB)
	object-lock-mode	Indicates the object lock mode. If object locking is disabled during bucket create, it cannot be enabled again. 'governance' mode allows modifications by an admin and 'compliance' allows no modifications (WORM mode). [compliance, *disabled, enabled, governance]
	object-lock-duration-days	Indicates the number of days the lock mode will be applied for. Minimum retention is 1 day.
	enable-lifecycle-policy	Enables life cycle policy on the bucket.
	lifecycle-policy-days	The number of life cycle policy days for objects in the given bucket.
	enable-nfs	Enable NFS sharing of the cloud container.
	estimated-objects	Estimated number objects in the bucket based on a 4MB object size. [100M, 10M, 1B, 1M, 500M, 50M, Dynamic]
	count	The number of volumes to create, default is 1.
	integration-options	Enable/disable quantastor thrid party integrations. [*none, veeam]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

bucket-delete

Deletes the specified S3 bucket and all objects contained within.

 qs bucket-delete|b-delete --bucket-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	bucket-list	Comma delimited list of the Names or IDs of S3 Object Storage Buckets.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

bucket-get

Returns detailed information about a specific bucket.

 qs bucket-get|b-get --bucket=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	bucket	Name or ID of an S3 object storage bucket.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

bucket-list

Returns a list of all the buckets.

 qs bucket-list|b-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

bucket-modify

Modify the bucket attributes.

 qs bucket-modify|b-modify --bucket=value [--object-lock-mode=value ] [--object-lock-duration-days=value ] [--enable-lifecycle-policy=value ] [--lifecycle-policy-days=value ] [--enable-nfs=value ] [--integration-options=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	bucket	Name or ID of an S3 object storage bucket.
	object-lock-mode	Indicates the object lock mode. If object locking is disabled during bucket create, it cannot be enabled again. 'governance' mode allows modifications by an admin and 'compliance' allows no modifications (WORM mode). [compliance, *disabled, enabled, governance]
	object-lock-duration-days	Indicates the number of days the lock mode will be applied for. Minimum retention is 1 day.
	enable-lifecycle-policy	Enables life cycle policy on the bucket.
	lifecycle-policy-days	The number of life cycle policy days for objects in the given bucket.
	enable-nfs	Enable NFS sharing of the cloud container.
	integration-options	Enable/disable quantastor thrid party integrations. [*none, veeam]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

bucket-obj-list

Returns a list of all the S3 objects within the specified bucket.

 qs bucket-obj-list|b-obj-list --bucket=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	bucket	Name or ID of an S3 object storage bucket.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

bucket-rescan

Scans for any new S3 buckets that have been created.

 qs bucket-rescan|b-rescan [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

bucket-search

Searches for a bucket based on a set of parameters.

 qs bucket-search|b-search --search-filter=value [--max-results=value ] [--offset=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the bucket List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	max-results	Maximum number of results to return for the given search parameters.
	offset	Optionally used when maximum number of results is specified, one can offset to a row index to get objects from the grid database incrementally.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

ceph-cluster-add-member

Add a new Storage System to existing Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-cluster-add-member|cc-amn --ceph-cluster=value --storage-system=value --port=value [--public-network=value ] [--cluster-network=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	port	Name or unique ID of a network port/target port.
	public-network	Ceph public/client network CIDR (e.g. x.x.x.x/YY). Default: Computed from public/client interface.
	cluster-network	Ceph cluster/backend network CIDR (e.g. x.x.x.x/YY). Default: Computed from cluster/backend interface.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-cluster-create

Create a new Ceph Cluster using the specified Storage System(s).

 qs ceph-cluster-create|cc-create --name=value --client-ips=value [--backend-ips=value ] [--desc=value ] [--domain-suffix=value ] [--public-network=value ] [--cluster-network=value ] [--cluster-auth-mode=value ] [--osd-out-subtree-limit=value ] [--enable-osd-encryption=value ] [--encryption-mode=value ] [--enable-osd-compression=value ] [--osd-down-timeout-sec=value ] [--osd-out-timeout-sec=value ] [--key-server-profile=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Name of the Ceph Cluster.
	client-ips	List of IP addresses used to identify which systems and which ports to use for the Ceph Cluster front-end/client communication ports.
	backend-ips	List of IP addresses used to identify which ports are to be used for Ceph Cluster inter-node back-end communication, if not specified the list specified for the front-end ports will be used.
	desc	A description for the object.
	domain-suffix	The domain name suffix for your network such as example.com
	public-network	Ceph public/client network CIDR (e.g. x.x.x.x/YY). Default: Computed from public/client interface.
	cluster-network	Ceph cluster/backend network CIDR (e.g. x.x.x.x/YY). Default: Computed from cluster/backend interface.
	cluster-auth-mode	Encryption mode used between Ceph services of 'cephx' or 'none', default is 'cephx'. [*cephx, none]
	osd-out-subtree-limit	Indicates the scope at which a group of OSDs in the 'down' state should not be thrown 'out'. Default is 'host' so that OSDs are not removed from a given cluster due to server hardware maintenance activities. [*host, rack]
	enable-osd-encryption	Enables inline encryption for OSDs using AES 256 bit encryption for data-at-rest. (default: disabled)
	encryption-mode	Type of encryption, software (luks) or self-encryption (SED). [SED, *default, luks]
	enable-osd-compression	Enables inline compression for OSDs using the 'snappy' algorithm. (default: disabled)
	osd-down-timeout-sec	Amount of time until a given unresponsive OSD is switched to the 'down' state. OSDs in the 'down' state will auto sync and recover when they come back online.
	osd-out-timeout-sec	Amount of time until a given OSD in the 'down' state will be assumed to be unrecoverable and thrown 'out' of the cluster.
	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-cluster-delete

Deletes the specified Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-cluster-delete|cc-delete --ceph-cluster=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-cluster-fix-clock-skew

Adjusts the clocks on all the member nodes in the specified Ceph Cluster in order to address any clock skew issues.

 qs ceph-cluster-fix-clock-skew|cc-fcs --ceph-cluster=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-cluster-get

Gets information about a specific Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-cluster-get|cc-get --ceph-cluster=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-cluster-health-event-list

Returns a list of all the active Ceph Cluster health check event.

 qs ceph-cluster-health-event-list|cc-health-event-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-cluster-import

Import an existing Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-cluster-import|cc-import [--name=value ] [--description=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-cluster-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Clusters.

 qs ceph-cluster-list|cc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-cluster-member-get

Gets information about a specific Ceph Cluster Member.

 qs ceph-cluster-member-get|ccm-get --ceph-cluster-member=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster-member	Ceph Cluster Member name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-cluster-member-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Cluster Member systems.

 qs ceph-cluster-member-list|ccm-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-cluster-modify

Modify a Ceph Cluster using the specified Storage System(s).

 qs ceph-cluster-modify|cc-modify --ceph-cluster=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] [--osd-down-timeout-sec=value ] [--osd-out-timeout-sec=value ] [--near-fill-full-percent=value ] [--back-fill-full-percent=value ] [--full-percent=value ] [--key-server-profile=value ] [--config-options-list=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	name	Name of the Ceph Cluster.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]
	osd-down-timeout-sec	Amount of time until a given unresponsive OSD is switched to the 'down' state. OSDs in the 'down' state will auto sync and recover when they come back online.
	osd-out-timeout-sec	Amount of time until a given OSD in the 'down' state will be assumed to be unrecoverable and thrown 'out' of the cluster.
	near-fill-full-percent	Cluster storage percentage at which a warning will be generated to indicate the cluster is near full.
	back-fill-full-percent	Cluster storage percentage at which cluster blocks backfills from starting.
	full-percent	Cluster storage percentage at which cluster is full and clients are stopped from writing data.
	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	config-options-list	General Ceph Cluster configuration options specified as 'key=value,key2=value2,~key3,...', prepend with tilde (~) to remove fields/properties.

ceph-cluster-remove-member

Remove a Storage System from an existing Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-cluster-remove-member|cc-rmn --ceph-cluster=value --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-cluster-service-event-delete

Delete/archive a list of ceph cluster service events

 qs ceph-cluster-service-event-delete|cc-srv-event-delete [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--prune-events=value ] [--service-event-id-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	prune-events	Prune specified service event. Default is to archive the event.
	service-event-id-list	Ceph Cluster service crash event ID list.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-cluster-service-event-list

Returns a list of Ceph Cluster service crash events.

 qs ceph-cluster-service-event-list|cc-srv-event-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--include-old-events=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	include-old-events	List old and new events. Default is to include only new events.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-crush-rule-create-erasure

Create a custom Ceph CRUSH rule for object or block storage.

 qs ceph-crush-rule-create-erasure|ccr-create-era --rule=value --ceph-cluster=value --ec-pool-profile=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	rule	Custom Ceph CRUSH rule name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ec-pool-profile	Custom Ceph Pool profile name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-crush-rule-create-replicated

Create a custom Ceph CRUSH rule for object or block storage.

 qs ceph-crush-rule-create-replicated|ccr-create-rep --rule=value --ceph-cluster=value --rule-deviceclass=value [--desc=value ] [--rule-failuredomain=value ] [--rule-root=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	rule	Custom Ceph CRUSH rule name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	rule-deviceclass	ssd | nvme )
	desc	A description for the object.
	rule-failuredomain	osd | rack )
	rule-root	Ceph CRUSH rule, root ( *default )
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-crush-rule-delete

Deletes the specified Ceph CRUSH rule.

 qs ceph-crush-rule-delete|ccr-delete --rule=value [--flags=value ] 

	rule	Custom Ceph CRUSH rule name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-crush-rule-get

Gets information about a specific Ceph CRUSH rule.

 qs ceph-crush-rule-get|ccr-get --rule=value [--flags=value ] 

	rule	Custom Ceph CRUSH rule name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-crush-rule-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph CRUSH rule(s) present in the cluster.

 qs ceph-crush-rule-list|ccr-list --ceph-cluster=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-ec-profile-create

Create a custom ceph pool profile for object or block storage.

 qs ceph-ec-profile-create|ecp-create --k=value --m=value [--name=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--desc=value ] [--profile-failure-domain=value ] [--profile-technique=value ] [--ec-plugin=value ] [--device-class=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	k	Data chunk (k) count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	m	Check-sum (m) chunk count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	name	Custom Ceph Pool profile name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	desc	A description for the object.
	profile-failure-domain	Failure domain for the Ceph Pool {Default: host}.
	profile-technique	Erasure coding technique for Ceph Pool. {Default: reed-solomon-van}
	ec-plugin	Plug-in used for erasure coded Ceph Pool {*jerasure, isa, lrc, shec}
	device-class	Device class to pin the pool to. {hdd, ssd, nvme}
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-ec-profile-delete

Deletes the specified ceph pool profile.

 qs ceph-ec-profile-delete|ecp-delete --ec-pool-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	ec-pool-profile	Custom Ceph Pool profile name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-ec-profile-get

Gets information about a specific ceph pool profile.

 qs ceph-ec-profile-get|ecp-get --ec-pool-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	ec-pool-profile	Custom Ceph Pool profile name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-ec-profile-list

Returns a list of all the ceph pool profile(s) present in the cluster.

 qs ceph-ec-profile-list|ecp-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-metadata-server-add

Configure a new metadata server in the Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-metadata-server-add|cmds-add --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-cluster-member-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-cluster-member-list	List of Ceph Cluster Member name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-metadata-server-get

Gets information about a specific CephFS metadata server in the Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-metadata-server-get|cmds-get --ceph-metadata-server=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-metadata-server	Ceph Metadata server name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-metadata-server-list

Returns a list of all the CephFS metadata servers configured in the Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-metadata-server-list|cmds-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-metadata-server-remove

Removes the specified ceph metadata server.

 qs ceph-metadata-server-remove|cmds-remove --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-metadata-server=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-metadata-server	Ceph Metadata server name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-monitor-add

Configure a new monitor for the Ceph Cluster.

 qs ceph-monitor-add|cmon-add --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-cluster-member=value --monitor-ipaddress=value [--monitor-port=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-cluster-member	Ceph Cluster Member name or ID.
	monitor-ipaddress	IP address used by Ceph Monitor daemon for communication.
	monitor-port	Port used by ceph monitor daemon for communication (default:6789).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-monitor-get

Gets information about a specific Ceph Monitor.

 qs ceph-monitor-get|cmon-get --ceph-monitor=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-monitor	Ceph Monitor service name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-monitor-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Monitors.

 qs ceph-monitor-list|cmon-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-monitor-remove

Removes the specified Ceph Monitor.

 qs ceph-monitor-remove|cmon-remove --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-monitor=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-monitor	Ceph Monitor service name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-delete

Deletes the specified list of Ceph OSDs

 qs ceph-osd-delete|osd-delete --osd-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	osd-list	Lists all Ceph OSDs.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-get

Gets information about a specific Ceph Object Storage Daemon.

 qs ceph-osd-get|osd-get --ceph-osd=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-osd	Ceph OSD name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-osd-identify

Identify/blink the specified ceph OSD

 qs ceph-osd-identify|osd-identify --osd-list=value [--blink-type=value ] [--duration=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	osd-list	Lists all Ceph OSDs.
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-key-replace

Replaces encryption key for encrypted OSD.

 qs ceph-osd-key-replace|osd-krep --ceph-cluster=value --osd-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	osd-list	Lists all Ceph OSDs.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Object Storage Daemons

 qs ceph-osd-list|osd-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-osd-modify

Modifies the specified ceph OSD

 qs ceph-osd-modify|osd-modify --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-osd=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-osd	Ceph OSD name or ID.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-multi-create

Creates multiple new ceph OSD on the specified Ceph Cluster

 qs ceph-osd-multi-create|osd-multi-create [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--physical-disk-list=value ] [--journal-ssd-list=value ] [--use-unused-journal-devices=value ] [--enable-mirror=value ] [--quick-format-disks=value ] [--allow-mixed-size-journal-media=value ] [--force-external-journal-device=value ] [--enable-dynamic-weighting=value ] [--wal-size=value ] [--db-size=value ] [--osd-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	physical-disk-list	List of comma separated physical disk ID to be used for OSD data disks during OSD create. Disk filter tags may also be used, see disk-list help for details.
	journal-ssd-list	List of comma separated SSD disk ID to be used for OSD journal devices during OSD create. Disk filter tags may also be used, see disk-list help for details.
	use-unused-journal-devices	Use unused journal devices on Storage System for OSD create.
	enable-mirror	Enable mirrored Ceph Journal Devices to prevent Ceph OSD loss.
	quick-format-disks	Quick format the disks selected for OSD and Journal Device creation.
	allow-mixed-size-journal-media	Allow disk of different sizes to be paired for mirrored journals.
	force-external-journal-device	When the physical disk(s) supplied for OSD create are SSD/NVME but still want a journal wal/db device.
	enable-dynamic-weighting	Weights will be calculated based on size and applied to OSDs during creation if set to true. Weights will be auto initialized by ceph if set to false.
	wal-size	Size of the Ceph Journal Device used as a Write Ahead Log (WAL).
	db-size	Size of the Ceph Journal Device used for metadata offload.
	osd-type	Ceph OSD type can be Bluestore or Filestore. [*auto-select, bluestore, filestore]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-replace

Replaces prepared OSDs

 qs ceph-osd-replace|osd-rep --disk=value --ceph-osd=value --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk	Name of the physical disk or its unique ID/serial number.
	ceph-osd	Ceph OSD name or ID.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-replace-prep

Prepares selected OSDs to be replaced

 qs ceph-osd-replace-prep|osd-rep-prep --ceph-osd=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-osd	Ceph OSD name or ID.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-reweight

Reweight the given set of ceph OSDs to the specified weight.

 qs ceph-osd-reweight|osd-rw --osd-weight-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	osd-weight-list	List of comma separated OSD IDs and the requested associated capacity percentage, given in the form '5:10,13:5,12:0' etc
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-osd-service-update

Start/Stop/Restart the specified Ceph OSD service

 qs ceph-osd-service-update|osd-serv-up --osd-list=value [--service-update-mode=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	osd-list	Lists all Ceph OSDs.
	service-update-mode	Ceph OSD service update mode [restart, *start, stop]
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-pool-create

Creates a new low-level Ceph Pool used as Ceph Block Pool.

 qs ceph-pool-create|cpool-create --name=value --ceph-cluster=value [--desc=value ] [--scaling-factor=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--min-replicas=value ] [--k=value ] [--m=value ] [--pool-type=value ] [--rule-name=value ] [--use-case=value ] [--cache-tier=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	desc	A description for the object.
	scaling-factor	Scaling factor to adjust the number of placement groups (PGs) for the underlying pool(s). For Ceph Clusters with a single use case (eg S3/RGW or SAN/RBD or NAS/CephFS) use 100, but for multiple use cases set this to the percentage proportion of the cluster's capacity that will be used by the pool being created.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replicas (redundancy level) to be created of each block in the Ceph pool.
	min-replicas	Minimum number of replicas to have of each block while still allowing write access to the Ceph pool.
	k	Data chunk (k) count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	m	Check-sum (m) chunk count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	pool-type	Type of storage layout for the data pool which can be 'replicated' or 'erasure'. Erasure coding is more space efficent and is recommended for both scale-out file and object storage pools.
	rule-name	Ceph crush map rule set name. ('default', if not specified)
	use-case	Default use case is S3 object storage but Openstack based pools may also be created in addition. [*block, file, object]
	cache-tier	Creates an additional SSD pool as a write-back cache tier layered over the underlying HDD/EC based pool.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-pool-delete

Deletes the specified Ceph Pool.

 qs ceph-pool-delete|cpool-delete --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-pool	Ceph Pool name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-pool-get

Gets information about a specific Ceph Pool.

 qs ceph-pool-get|cpool-get --ceph-pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-pool	Ceph Pool name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-pool-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph storage pools.

 qs ceph-pool-list|cpool-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

ceph-pool-modify

Sets the display name and/or description field for the Ceph Pool.

 qs ceph-pool-modify|cpool-modify --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-pool=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--rule=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-pool	Ceph Pool name or ID.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replicas (redundancy level) to be created of each block in the Ceph pool.
	rule	Custom Ceph CRUSH rule name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

load-balancer-get

Gets information about a specific load balancer instance.

 qs load-balancer-get|lb-get --load-balancer=value [--flags=value ] 

	load-balancer	Enables the load-balancer configuration manager to include this RGW instance(s) into the load balancer configuration which presents load-balanced RGW access on port 8480. If none of the RGW instances have the load-balancer option enabled then the load balancer config is disabled.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

load-balancer-list

Returns a list of all the load balancers for the specified Ceph Cluster or all instances if no cluster is specified.

 qs load-balancer-list|lb-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

s3-gateway-add

Configures/adds a new S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW) on a system within a given Ceph Cluster.

 qs s3-gateway-add|rgw-add --gw-ipaddress-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--gw-port=value ] [--service-engine=value ] [--service-mode=value ] [--tcp-no-delay=value ] [--certificate-pem-data=value ] [--redirect-gateway-port=value ] [--load-balancer=value ] [--mapping-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	gw-ipaddress-list	Command separated list of IP addresses for S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	gw-port	Port used by S3 Object Storage Gateway. [*7480, 7481]
	service-engine	Service engine type for the RADOS Gateway [*beast, civetweb]
	service-mode	Service engine mode for the RADOS Gateway [http, *https]
	tcp-no-delay	This enables the TCP_NODELAY=1 option in beast mode to speed up object storage operations for low latency SSD and NVMe media.
	certificate-pem-data	File path to PEM file with certificate and key block for RGW S3 gateway SSL access.
	redirect-gateway-port	Redirect port 80 and 443 to the Gateway port 7480. Note that the Quantastor WUI will stop working on this port but may be accessed via HTTPS via alternate port 8080.
	load-balancer	Enables the load-balancer configuration manager to include this RGW instance(s) into the load balancer configuration which presents load-balanced RGW access on port 8480. If none of the RGW instances have the load-balancer option enabled then the load balancer config is disabled.
	mapping-mode	Configures what protocol the load balancer uses and how that maps to the back-end RGW/S3 Gateway. [auto, http-to-http, *https-to-http, https-to-https]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-gateway-get

Gets information about a specific S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).

 qs s3-gateway-get|rgw-get --ceph-gateway=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-gateway	S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

s3-gateway-list

Returns a list of all the configured S3 Object Storage Gateways (Ceph RGW).

 qs s3-gateway-list|rgw-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

s3-gateway-modify

Adds/removes custom configurtion options for the specified S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).

 qs s3-gateway-modify|rgw-modify --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-gateway=value --rgw-options-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-gateway	S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	rgw-options-list	Ceph Rados Gateway configuration options specified as 'key=value,key2=value2,~key3,...', prepend with tilde (~) to remove fields/properties.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-gateway-remove

Removes the specified S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).

 qs s3-gateway-remove|rgw-remove --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-gateway=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-gateway	S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

s3-gateway-restart

Restarts the radosgw service.

 qs s3-gateway-restart|rgw-restart --ceph-gateway=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-gateway	S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-gateway-start

Starts the ceph radosgw service.

 qs s3-gateway-start|rgw-start --ceph-gateway=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-gateway	S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-gateway-stop

Stops the ceph radosgw service.

 qs s3-gateway-stop|rgw-stop --ceph-gateway=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-gateway	S3 Object Storage Gateway (Ceph RGW).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-quota-set-global

Set the global S3 Quota defaults for all users in a given Ceph Cluster.

 qs s3-quota-set-global|s3q-set-global --ceph-cluster=value --max-objects=value --bucket-quota-max-size=value --max-user-objects=value --max-user-size=value [--max-objects-enable=value ] [--max-size-enable=value ] [--max-user-objects-enable=value ] [--max-user-size-enable=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	max-objects-enable	Enable maximum object limits per bucket.
	max-objects	Maximum object count per bucket.
	max-size-enable	Enable maximum bucket size limits.
	bucket-quota-max-size	Maximum amount of data for a given bucket.
	max-user-objects-enable	Enable maximum object count limits per user.
	max-user-objects	Maximum aggregate number objects that a given user can create.
	max-user-size-enable	Enable maximum aggregate capacity/size limits for a given user.
	max-user-size	Maximum aggregate capacity limit for a given user or user(s).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Ceph Client Resource Management [CEPH-CLIENT]

Commands for managing client connections to ceph resources.

ceph-client-conf-export

Exports a client ceph.conf file to default location '/etc/ceph/qs-ceph.conf', unless the 'output-file' arguemnt is provided.

 qs ceph-client-conf-export|ccc-export --ceph-cluster=value [--output-file=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	output-file	Name of file to which input is written
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-create

Creates a ceph client registered to a set of ceph resources.

 qs ceph-client-keyring-create|cckr-create --name=value --client-key-type=value --resource-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	client-key-type	An enum to identify the type of resource the client keyring is associeted with. [cephfs, *rbd]
	resource-list	A list of either RBD pools or CephFS shares to be associated with the client.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-delete

Deletes an existing ceph client.

 qs ceph-client-keyring-delete|cckr-delete --ceph-client=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-client	Ceph client name or uuid
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-export

Exports keyring file to default location '/etc/ceph/ceph.client.<name>.keyring', unless the 'output-file' arguemnt is provided.

 qs ceph-client-keyring-export|cckr-export --ceph-client=value [--output-file=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-client	Ceph client name or uuid
	output-file	Name of file to which input is written
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-get

Returns ceph client by name or UUID.

 qs ceph-client-keyring-get|cckr-get --ceph-client=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-client	Ceph client name or uuid
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-list

Lists all known ceph clients.

 qs ceph-client-keyring-list|cckr-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-resource-assoc-enum

Lists all known ceph cluster resource associations.

 qs ceph-client-keyring-resource-assoc-enum|cckr-assoc-enum [--ceph-client=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-client	Ceph client name or uuid
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-client-keyring-resource-assoc-get

Get the keyring association, identified by composite key 'ceph-client' + 'resource'

 qs ceph-client-keyring-resource-assoc-get|cckr-assoc-get --ceph-client=value --resource=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-client	Ceph client name or uuid
	resource	The unique id of a volume or volume group or share or host or host group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Ceph Journal Management [CEPHJOURNAL]

Commands for management, monitoring, and configuration of Ceph Journal Groups and Ceph Journal Devices.

ceph-journal-delete

Deletes the specified Ceph Journal and all journal partitions on the given physical disk, if a physical disk is specified. Note: This call will fail if there are one or more Journals still being used by OSDs in the system.

 qs ceph-journal-delete|cj-delete --ceph-journal-device=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-journal-device	Ceph Journal Device name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-journal-get

Returns details of a specific Ceph Journal Device.

 qs ceph-journal-get|cj-get --ceph-journal-device=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-journal-device	Ceph Journal Device name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ceph-journal-group-create

Creates a Ceph Journal Group out of the specified device(s). If two devices are specified, the Journal Group will create the group as a RAID1 mirrored group to ensure fault-tolerance in the event of a device failure. All systems should use mirrored Journal Groups to ensure OSDs do not need to be rebuilt due to a journal group device failure.

 qs ceph-journal-group-create|cjg-create --primary-disk=value [--secondary-disk=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	primary-disk	Disk to be used as the underlying hardware for a Ceph Journal Group.
	secondary-disk	Disk to be used as the underlying hardware for a Ceph Journal Group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-journal-group-delete

Deletes a Ceph Journal Group and all underlying Ceph Journal Devices to free up the underlying media for reuse.

 qs ceph-journal-group-delete|cjg-delete --ceph-journal-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-journal-group	Ceph Journal Group name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

ceph-journal-group-get

Returns details of a specific Ceph Journal Group.

 qs ceph-journal-group-get|cjg-get --ceph-journal-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-journal-group	Ceph Journal Group name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

ceph-journal-group-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Journal Groups.

 qs ceph-journal-group-list|cjg-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-journal-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Journal Devices.

 qs ceph-journal-list|cj-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-journal-migrate

Migrate an OSD's Journal Device.

 qs ceph-journal-migrate|cj-migrate --ceph-cluster=value --ceph-journal-device=value [--ceph-journal-group=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-journal-device	Ceph Journal Device name or ID.
	ceph-journal-group	Ceph Journal Group name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

CephFS Management [CEPHFS]

Commands for scale-out NAS filesystem setup within a managed Ceph Cluster.

ceph-filesystem-create

Creates a new Ceph Filesystem for the Ceph Cluster to enable scale-out Network Share provisioning and access.

 qs ceph-filesystem-create|cephfs-create --name=value --ceph-cluster=value --pool-type=value [--desc=value ] [--scaling-factor=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--min-replicas=value ] [--k=value ] [--m=value ] [--rule-name=value ] [--active-mds-count=value ] [--standby-mds-count=value ] [--auto-config-nfs=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	pool-type	Type of storage layout for the data pool which can be 'replicated' or 'erasure'. Erasure coding is more space efficent and is recommended for both scale-out file and object storage pools.
	desc	A description for the object.
	scaling-factor	Scaling factor to adjust the number of placement groups (PGs) for the underlying pool(s). For Ceph Clusters with a single use case (eg S3/RGW or SAN/RBD or NAS/CephFS) use 100, but for multiple use cases set this to the percentage proportion of the cluster's capacity that will be used by the pool being created.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replicas (redundancy level) to be created of each block in the Ceph pool.
	min-replicas	Minimum number of replicas to have of each block while still allowing write access to the Ceph pool.
	k	Data chunk (k) count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	m	Check-sum (m) chunk count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	rule-name	Ceph crush map rule set name. ('default', if not specified)
	active-mds-count	Number of active MDS instances
	standby-mds-count	Number of standby MDS instances
	auto-config-nfs	Auto configure NFS services for scale-out storage.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-filesystem-delete

Deletes the specified Ceph Filesystem, WARNING all associated files and Ceph Pools will be destroyed.

 qs ceph-filesystem-delete|cephfs-delete --ceph-filesystem=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-filesystem	Ceph Filesystem with associated data and metadata Ceph Pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ceph-filesystem-get

Returns information about a specific Ceph Filesystem instance.

 qs ceph-filesystem-get|cephfs-get --ceph-filesystem=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-filesystem	Ceph Filesystem with associated data and metadata Ceph Pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-filesystem-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Filesystems.

 qs ceph-filesystem-list|cephfs-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ceph-filesystem-modify

Modifies the settings for the specified Ceph Filesystem.

 qs ceph-filesystem-modify|cephfs-modify --ceph-filesystem=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] [--active-mds-count=value ] [--standby-mds-count=value ] 

	ceph-filesystem	Ceph Filesystem with associated data and metadata Ceph Pools.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]
	active-mds-count	Number of active MDS instances
	standby-mds-count	Number of standby MDS instances

Cloud Container Management [CLOUD-CONTAINER]

Cloud containers provide a NAS gateway mechanism to bridging S3 cloud storage to a local Network Share within an appliance.

cloud-cache-default-settings-get

Get the default Cloud Container cache settings

 qs cloud-cache-default-settings-get|cc-def-settings-get --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cloud-cache-default-settings-modify

Modify the default Cloud Container cache settings

 qs cloud-cache-default-settings-modify|cc-def-settings-mod --cloud-settings=value [--vfs-cache-mode=value ] [--dir-cache-time=value ] [--cache-share-id=value ] [--buffer-size=value ] [--vfs-cache-max-age=value ] [--vfs-cache-max-size=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	cloud-settings	Global cloud settings for a system
	vfs-cache-mode	Cloud container cache mode [*default, full, minimal, off, writes]
	dir-cache-time	Cloud container time to cache directory entries. Time is specified in the format 1h10m5s
	cache-share-id	Cloud container Cache Share Id. Need to create a Network share to be used as a Cloud Container Cache.
	buffer-size	Cloud container cache buffer size.
	vfs-cache-max-age	Cloud container max age of objects in the cache. Time is specified in the format 1h10m5s.
	vfs-cache-max-size	Cloud container max size of objects in the cache. If not specified, there is no limit.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-add

Recovers a cloud backup container that was previously removed or used with a prior installation.

 qs cloud-container-add|clcn-add --provider-creds=value --location=value --bucket-name=value [--encryption-key=value ] [--enable-nfs=value ] [--attach-to=value ] [--mount-options=value ] [--storage-class=value ] [--vfs-cache-mode=value ] [--dir-cache-time=value ] [--cache-share-id=value ] [--buffer-size=value ] [--vfs-cache-max-age=value ] [--vfs-cache-max-size=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	provider-creds	Credential ID for accessing your cloud storage provider account.
	location	Cloud storage provider endpoint location.
	bucket-name	The cloud container name used to identify a cloud backup container.
	encryption-key	A passphrase which is used to encrypt all the data sent to the storage resource.
	enable-nfs	Enable NFS sharing of the cloud container.
	attach-to	Appliance to attached the cloud container to. If not specified it will attach to the system the CLI/API call is routed to.
	mount-options	Customized mount options for the cloud container to optimize cache and other settings for a given workload.
	storage-class	Storage Class for the bucket. IBM COS (standard, vault, cold, flex) AWS (STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA) GOOGLE CLOUD (MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, NEARLINE, COLDLINE)
	vfs-cache-mode	Cloud container cache mode [*default, full, minimal, off, writes]
	dir-cache-time	Cloud container time to cache directory entries. Time is specified in the format 1h10m5s
	cache-share-id	Cloud container Cache Share Id. Need to create a Network share to be used as a Cloud Container Cache.
	buffer-size	Cloud container cache buffer size.
	vfs-cache-max-age	Cloud container max age of objects in the cache. Time is specified in the format 1h10m5s.
	vfs-cache-max-size	Cloud container max size of objects in the cache. If not specified, there is no limit.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-bucket-scan

Scans for available buckets using the specified cloud provider credentials.

 qs cloud-container-bucket-scan|clcn-bucket-scan --provider-creds=value --location-tag=value [--flags=value ] 

	provider-creds	Credential ID for accessing your cloud storage provider account.
	location-tag	Location tag of the endpoint such as sjc01, not always required.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-create

Creates a cloud backup container into which cloud backups of Storage Volumes can be made.

 qs cloud-container-create|clcn-create --name=value --provider-creds=value --location=value [--desc=value ] [--attach-to=value ] [--enable-nfs=value ] [--mount-options=value ] [--storage-class=value ] [--vfs-cache-mode=value ] [--dir-cache-time=value ] [--cache-share-id=value ] [--buffer-size=value ] [--vfs-cache-max-age=value ] [--vfs-cache-max-size=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	provider-creds	Credential ID for accessing your cloud storage provider account.
	location	Cloud storage provider endpoint location.
	attach-to	Appliance to attached the cloud container to. If not specified it will attach to the system the CLI/API call is routed to.
	enable-nfs	Enable NFS sharing of the cloud container.
	mount-options	Customized mount options for the cloud container to optimize cache and other settings for a given workload.
	storage-class	Storage Class for the bucket. IBM COS (standard, vault, cold, flex) AWS (STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA) GOOGLE CLOUD (MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, NEARLINE, COLDLINE)
	vfs-cache-mode	Cloud container cache mode [*default, full, minimal, off, writes]
	dir-cache-time	Cloud container time to cache directory entries. Time is specified in the format 1h10m5s
	cache-share-id	Cloud container Cache Share Id. Need to create a Network share to be used as a Cloud Container Cache.
	buffer-size	Cloud container cache buffer size.
	vfs-cache-max-age	Cloud container max age of objects in the cache. Time is specified in the format 1h10m5s.
	vfs-cache-max-size	Cloud container max size of objects in the cache. If not specified, there is no limit.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-delete

Deletes the specified cloud backup container. WARNING, all data in the container will be destroyed.

 qs cloud-container-delete|clcn-delete --container=value [--delete-cloud-bucket=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	container	A cloud backup container into which Network Shares can be backed up.
	delete-cloud-bucket	Delete the bucket from the cloud.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-disable

Disables access to the specified cloud container without having to remove it.

 qs cloud-container-disable|clcn-disable --container=value [--flags=value ] 

	container	A cloud backup container into which Network Shares can be backed up.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-enable

Enables a cloud container that was previously disabled or was inaccessible due to network connection issues.

 qs cloud-container-enable|clcn-enable --container=value [--flags=value ] 

	container	A cloud backup container into which Network Shares can be backed up.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-get

Returns detailed information on a specific cloud backup container.

 qs cloud-container-get|clcn-get --container=value [--flags=value ] 

	container	A cloud backup container into which Network Shares can be backed up.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cloud-container-list

Returns a list of cloud backup containers in the system.

 qs cloud-container-list|clcn-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-container-repair

Repairs the specified cloud backup container.

 qs cloud-container-repair|clcn-repair --container=value [--flags=value ] 

	container	A cloud backup container into which Network Shares can be backed up.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-container-rescan

Clears stale/cached metadata so that the Cloud Container presents the most current file and directory information.

 qs cloud-container-rescan|clcn-rescan --container=value [--flags=value ] 

	container	A cloud backup container into which Network Shares can be backed up.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-provider-add

Adds a new private cloud object storage provider entry.

 qs cloud-provider-add|clp-add --name=value --location-name=value --location-tag=value --location-endpoint=value [--desc=value ] [--access-key=value ] [--secret-key=value ] [--project-id=value ] [--auth-file=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	location-name	Friendly name of the endpoint location.
	location-tag	Location tag of the endpoint such as sjc01, not always required.
	location-endpoint	FQDN/URL of the end-point
	access-key	The access key provided by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	secret-key	The secret key provided by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	project-id	The project Id provided by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	auth-file	Path to the account auth file provider by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-credentials-add

Adds cloud provider credentials to enable cloud backup to cloud backup containers.

 qs cloud-provider-credentials-add|clpc-add --provider=value --access-key=value --secret-key=value [--project-id=value ] [--auth-file=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	provider	Cloud Providers include major object storage suppliers including AWS, IBM COS, Azure. Additional S3 Compatible object storage Cloud Providers may be added for private cloud.
	access-key	The access key provided by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	secret-key	The secret key provided by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	project-id	The project Id provided by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	auth-file	Path to the account auth file provider by your cloud storage provider for accessing your cloud storage account.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-provider-credentials-get

Returns information about the specified cloud provider credential.

 qs cloud-provider-credentials-get|clpc-get --provider-creds=value [--flags=value ] 

	provider-creds	Credential ID for accessing your cloud storage provider account.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cloud-provider-credentials-list

Returns a list of all the cloud provider credentials in the system. Passwords are masked.

 qs cloud-provider-credentials-list|clpc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-credentials-remove

Removes the specified cloud provider credentials

 qs cloud-provider-credentials-remove|clpc-remove --provider-creds=value [--flags=value ] 

	provider-creds	Credential ID for accessing your cloud storage provider account.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cloud-provider-get

Returns detailed information about the specified cloud provider.

 qs cloud-provider-get|clp-get --provider=value [--flags=value ] 

	provider	Cloud Providers include major object storage suppliers including AWS, IBM COS, Azure. Additional S3 Compatible object storage Cloud Providers may be added for private cloud.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cloud-provider-list

Returns the list of supported cloud providers.

 qs cloud-provider-list|clp-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-location-add

Adds a new endpoint location to an existing private cloud object storage provider.

 qs cloud-provider-location-add|clpl-add --provider=value --location-name=value --location-tag=value --location-endpoint=value [--flags=value ] 

	provider	Cloud Providers include major object storage suppliers including AWS, IBM COS, Azure. Additional S3 Compatible object storage Cloud Providers may be added for private cloud.
	location-name	Friendly name of the endpoint location.
	location-tag	Location tag of the endpoint such as sjc01, not always required.
	location-endpoint	FQDN/URL of the end-point
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-location-get

Returns details of the specified cloud provider location endpoint.

 qs cloud-provider-location-get|clpl-get --location=value [--flags=value ] 

	location	ID or name of a cloud provider location endpoint.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cloud-provider-location-list

Returns a list of all the object storage location endpoints in the grid.

 qs cloud-provider-location-list|clpl-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-location-remove

Removes the specified location endpoint from a cloud object storage provider entry.

 qs cloud-provider-location-remove|clpl-remove --location=value [--flags=value ] 

	location	ID or name of a cloud provider location endpoint.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-storage-class-add

Adds a mew storage class for a cloud provider

 qs cloud-provider-storage-class-add|clpsc-add --provider=value --storage-class-tag=value --storage-description=value [--flags=value ] 

	provider	Cloud Providers include major object storage suppliers including AWS, IBM COS, Azure. Additional S3 Compatible object storage Cloud Providers may be added for private cloud.
	storage-class-tag	Tag for the Cloud Provider Storage Class
	storage-description	Description of the Cloud Provider Storage Class
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-storage-class-get

Returns information about the specified Cloud Provider Storage Class

 qs cloud-provider-storage-class-get|clpsc-get --storage-class=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-class	Storage Class for the bucket. IBM COS (standard, vault, cold, flex) AWS (STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA) GOOGLE CLOUD (MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, NEARLINE, COLDLINE)
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cloud-provider-storage-class-list

Returns a list of Cloud Provider Storage Class

 qs cloud-provider-storage-class-list|clpsc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

cloud-provider-storage-class-remove

Removes the specified storage class

 qs cloud-provider-storage-class-remove|clpsc-remove --storage-class=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-class	Storage Class for the bucket. IBM COS (standard, vault, cold, flex) AWS (STANDARD, REDUCED_REDUNDANCY, STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA) GOOGLE CLOUD (MULTI_REGIONAL, REGIONAL, NEARLINE, COLDLINE)
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Container Management [CONTAINER]

Commands for the management of Containers which are objects that describe the instances of docker containers and their various configurations.

service-config-create

Creates a new Service Config with the specified configuration options.

 qs service-config-create|serv-conf-create --name=value --service-definition-tag=value [--service-config-options-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	service-definition-tag	The tag of the Service Definition desired for the Service. [resilio, vsftp]
	service-config-options-list	List of Service Config Options specified as key1=value1,key2=value2, etc. Valid options for FTP service are ftp_user (required), ftp_pass (required), pasv_enabled (defaults to 'no'), pasv_min_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_max_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_address (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'). Valid options for Resilio service are agent_name (required) and sync_file (required).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-delete

Deletes the specified Service Config.

 qs service-config-delete|serv-conf-delete --service-config=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-get

Returns the specified Service Config.

 qs service-config-get|serv-conf-get --service-config=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-list

Returns a list of Service Configs.

 qs service-config-list|serv-conf-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-option-add

Adds key=value style options to the given Service Config.

 qs service-config-option-add|serv-conf-opt-add --service-config=value --service-config-options-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	service-config-options-list	List of Service Config Options specified as key1=value1,key2=value2, etc. Valid options for FTP service are ftp_user (required), ftp_pass (required), pasv_enabled (defaults to 'no'), pasv_min_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_max_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_address (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'). Valid options for Resilio service are agent_name (required) and sync_file (required).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-option-get

Returns the specified Service Config Option.

 qs service-config-option-get|serv-conf-opt-get --service-config=value --key=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	key	A Service Config Option key.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-option-remove

Removes key=value style options from the given Service Config.

 qs service-config-option-remove|serv-conf-opt-remove --service-config=value --service-config-options-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	service-config-options-list	List of Service Config Options specified as key1=value1,key2=value2, etc. Valid options for FTP service are ftp_user (required), ftp_pass (required), pasv_enabled (defaults to 'no'), pasv_min_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_max_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_address (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'). Valid options for Resilio service are agent_name (required) and sync_file (required).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-option-set

Modify key=value style options from the given Service Config.

 qs service-config-option-set|serv-conf-opt-set --service-config=value --service-config-options-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	service-config-options-list	List of Service Config Options specified as key1=value1,key2=value2, etc. Valid options for FTP service are ftp_user (required), ftp_pass (required), pasv_enabled (defaults to 'no'), pasv_min_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_max_port (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'), pasv_address (required if pasv_enabled = 'yes'). Valid options for Resilio service are agent_name (required) and sync_file (required).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-config-options-list

Lists all key=value options associated with the given Service Config.

 qs service-config-options-list|serv-conf-opt-list --service-config=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-config	ID or name of Service Config.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

service-def-get

Returns the specified Service Definition.

 qs service-def-get|serv-def-get --id=value [--flags=value ] 

	id	Unique identifier (GUID) for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

service-def-list

Returns a list of all Service Definitions.

 qs service-def-list|serv-def-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

service-get

Returns the specified Service.

 qs service-get|serv-get --service-id=value [--flags=value ] 

	service-id	The name or ID of a Service.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

service-list

Returns a list of all Services.

 qs service-list|serv-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Physical Disk Management [DISK]

Physical Disks represent storage media (SATA, SAS, nVME, SSD, HW RAID LVs, etc) that appear to the system via HBAs and internal controllers.

disk-copy

Copies data from a Physical Disk or Storage Volume to a new Physical Disk, Storage Volume, or Network Share file.

 qs disk-copy|disk-cp --source-id=value --target-id=value --source-type=value --target-type=value [--target-name=value ] [--blocksize-kb=value ] [--target-format=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	source-id	ID of the source Physical Disk or Storage Volume to be copied.
	target-id	ID of the target Physical Disk, Network Share, or Storage Volume's Pool where data will be copied to.
	source-type	Type of media where data will be copied from (Physical Disk or Storage Volume). [*disk, volume]
	target-type	Type of media where data will be copied to (Physical Disk, Storage Volume, or Network Share [*disk, share, volume]
	target-name	Name of the target Storage Volume or file in the target Network Share.
	blocksize-kb	Volume block size in KB, valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. Larger values deliver higher performance for workloads with high sequential IO. Default value is 8K
	target-format	Image type of the data once copied (Defaults to raw). [qcow, *raw, vhd, vmdk]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-format

Removes all encryption settings, partitions, does a quick format of the device, and then optionally shreds the contents.

 qs disk-format|pd-format --disk-list=value [--shred-mode=value ] [--release-io-fence=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	shred-mode	Indicates the mode used to shred data on all the disks in the pool as part of the pool destroy process. [dod, nnsa, *none, random, usarmy, zeros]
	release-io-fence	Release all I/O fence reservations for the specified disk(s)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-get

Gets information about a specific physical disk.

 qs disk-get|pd-get --disk=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk	Name of the physical disk or its unique ID/serial number.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

disk-global-spare-add

Adds one or more dedicated hotspares to the global hotspare pool.

 qs disk-global-spare-add|hsm-add --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-global-spare-marker-cleanup

Cleans up invalid marker records for the dedicated hotspare physical disks in the global hot-spare pool.

 qs disk-global-spare-marker-cleanup|hsm-cleanup [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-global-spare-marker-delete

Deletes the specified global hotspare marker object.

 qs disk-global-spare-marker-delete|hsm-del --name=value [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-global-spare-marker-get

Returns information about the specified global hotspare marker object.

 qs disk-global-spare-marker-get|hsm-get --name=value [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-global-spare-marker-list

Enumerates marker records for the dedicated hotspare physical disks in the global hot-spare pool.

 qs disk-global-spare-marker-list|hsm-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-global-spare-remove

Removes one or more dedicated hotspares from the global hotspare pool.

 qs disk-global-spare-remove|hsm-remove --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-identify

Pulses the disk activity light so that the specified disk can be identified in the chassis.

 qs disk-identify|pd-id --disk=value [--pattern=value ] [--duration=value ] [--blink-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	disk	Name of the physical disk or its unique ID/serial number.
	pattern	Pattern to flash the disk LED lights in, p = short pulse, P = long pulse, d = short delay, D = long delay, ex: pattern=pppD
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-list

Enumerates all physical disks.

 qs disk-list|pd-list [--filter=value ] [--normalize=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	filter	Filter may include disk names/IDs, Storage System names/IDs, storage pool names/IDs, and a [N] identifier to select unused disks where N is the number of unused disks to select, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [paths] to only show paths, [used] to indicate only disks that are in use, [unused] to indicate disks that are available, [eq:SIZE] such as [eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like [vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	normalize	Normalizes to a set of unique instances of each object by removing duplicates (child paths, multiple system views of the same disk, enclosure, etc)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-multipath-config-add

Adds physical disk multipath configuration entries.

 qs disk-multipath-config-add|dmpc-add --device-tag-list=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	device-tag-list	List of physical disk multipath tag strings: 'vendor:product'
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-multipath-config-list

Enumerates physical disk multipath configuration entries.

 qs disk-multipath-config-list|dmpc-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-multipath-config-remove

Removes physical disk multipath configuration entries.

 qs disk-multipath-config-remove|dmpc-remove --device-tag-list=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	device-tag-list	List of physical disk multipath tag strings: 'vendor:product'
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-multipath-config-scan

Scans physical disks for multipath capability.

 qs disk-multipath-config-scan|dmpc-scan [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-performance-test

Performs performance tests on physical disks.

 qs disk-performance-test|pd-perftest --disk-list=value [--perf-test-type=value ] [--block-size=value ] [--block-count=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	perf-test-type	The type of performance test to be performed. [*read-sequential]
	block-size	Volume block size in string format, such as 512, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k, 256k, 512k, 1M, 2M, etc
	block-count	Number of blocks
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-scan

Scans for any new physical disks that may have been hot-plugged into the Storage System.

 qs disk-scan|pd-scan [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

disk-search

Returns a subset of Physical Disk objects matching the given criteria.

 qs disk-search|pd-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Physical Disk List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

disk-sed-hard-reset

Performs a hard PSID reset on the specified self-encrypting disk.

 qs disk-sed-hard-reset|pd-sed-reset --disk-list=value --psid-passphrase=value [--options=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	psid-passphrase	Physical Secure ID/passphrase.
	options	Special options - reserved.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

disk-spare-list

Enumerates dedicated hotspare physical disks in the global hotspare pool.

 qs disk-spare-list|pd-spare-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

External System Managementd [EXTERNALSYSTEM]

Commands for managing and discovering External Systems.

external-system-assign-media

Creates a Software Adapter to assign the specified list of External System Media devices to a Storage System.

 qs external-system-assign-media|ext-sys-assign-media --storage-system=value --external-system-media-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	external-system-media-list	A comma separated list of External System Media IDs, or the name/ID of an External System or External System Credentials to add all Media from an External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-controller-get

Returns information on the desired External System Controller.

 qs external-system-controller-get|ext-sys-cntrlr-get --external-system-controller=value [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-controller	Name or ID of the requested External System Controller.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-controller-list

Returns a list of the discovered External System Controllers for a specified External System.

 qs external-system-controller-list|ext-sys-cntrlr-list [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-credentials-add

Adds the required credentials for discovering an External System.

 qs external-system-credentials-add|ext-sys-creds-add --name=value --ext-system-username=value --ext-system-password=value --primary-ip=value --secondary-ip=value [--external-system-type=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--site-cluster=value ] [--port=value ] [--insecure=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	ext-system-username	The username for accessing the External System.
	ext-system-password	The password for accessing the External System.
	primary-ip	Primary IP used to discover External Systems
	secondary-ip	Secondary IP used to discover External Systems if the primary IP fails.
	external-system-type	Type of External System [corvault, *openflex]
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	site-cluster	The name or ID of a site cluster.
	port	Port number to run External System discovery against.
	insecure	Use insecure http if specified to true, else use secure https by default.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-credentials-get

Returns the credentials information about the specified External System.

 qs external-system-credentials-get|ext-sys-creds-get --ext-system-credentials=value [--flags=value ] 

	ext-system-credentials	ID or name of the requested External System Credentials.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-credentials-list

Returns a list of all the credentials for External System discovery.

 qs external-system-credentials-list|ext-sys-creds-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-credentials-remove

Remove credentials for discovering a specified External System.

 qs external-system-credentials-remove|ext-sys-creds-remove --name=value --ext-system-username=value --ext-system-password=value [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	ext-system-username	The username for accessing the External System.
	ext-system-password	The password for accessing the External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-get

Returns information on a specified discovered External System.

 qs external-system-get|ext-sys-get --external-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-host-get

Returns information on the specified discovered External System Host

 qs external-system-host-get|ext-sys-host-get --external-system-host=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-host	The name or ID of the requested External System Host.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-host-list

Returns a list of discovered External System Hosts

 qs external-system-host-list|ext-sys-host-list --external-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-host-volume-assoc-list

Returns a list of the External System Host to Volume associations.

 qs external-system-host-volume-assoc-list|ext-sys-host-vol-assoc-list [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-list

Returns a list of all the discovered External Systems.

 qs external-system-list|ext-sys-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-media-get

Returns information on a specified discovered External System Media device.

 qs external-system-media-get|ext-sys-med-get --external-system-media=value [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-media	Name or ID of the requested External System Media device.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-media-list

Returns a list of the discovered Media devices for a specified External System or specified External System Port Group.

 qs external-system-media-list|ext-sys-med-list [--external-system=value ] [--external-system-port-group=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	external-system-port-group	Name or ID of the requested External System Port Group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-modify

Modifies the properties of an External System such as an alternative name, description, and enclosure layout.

 qs external-system-modify|ext-sys-modify --external-system=value [--alt-name=value ] [--description=value ] [--enclosure-layout=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	alt-name	Alternate name for an External System.
	description	A description for the object.
	enclosure-layout	Enclosure layout for an External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-pool-get

Returns information on a specified Pool from a specified External System.

 qs external-system-pool-get|ext-sys-port-pool-get --external-system-pool=value [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-pool	Name or ID of the requested External System Pool.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-pool-list

Returns a list of discovered Pools from a specified External System.

 qs external-system-pool-list|ext-sys-pool-list [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-port-get

Returns information on a specified Port on a discovered External System.

 qs external-system-port-get|ext-sys-port-get --external-system-port=value [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-port	Name or ID of the requested External System Port.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-port-group-get

Returns information on the desired External System Port Group.

 qs external-system-port-group-get|ext-sys-port-grp-get --external-system-port-group=value [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-port-group	Name or ID of the requested External System Port Group.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-port-group-list

Returns a list of discovered Port Groups from a specified External System.

 qs external-system-port-group-list|ext-sys-port-grp-list [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-port-list

Returns a list of discovered Ports on a specified External System or a specified External System Port Group.

 qs external-system-port-list|ext-sys-port-list [--external-system=value ] [--external-system-port-group=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	external-system-port-group	Name or ID of the requested External System Port Group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-port-modify

Modifies the properties of an External System Port such as IP and subnet mask.

 qs external-system-port-modify|ext-sys-port-modify --external-system-port=value [--external-system=value ] [--ip-address=value ] [--subnet=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-port	Name or ID of the requested External System Port.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	subnet	The subnet of an IP address (defaults to /16)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-profile-apply

Configures a previously discovered External System according to the given External System Profile.

 qs external-system-profile-apply|ext-sys-prof-apply --external-system=value --external-system-profile=value --volume-count=value --max-volume-size=value --volume-size=value --assign-to-hosts=value --host-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	external-system-profile	Name or ID of a given External System Profile.
	volume-count	Number of External System Volumes to batch create.
	max-volume-size	If true, the External System Volume size will be calculated by dividing the External System Pool capacity by the given volume count.
	volume-size	Size of batch created External System Volumes.
	assign-to-hosts	External System Volumes will be assigned to the given list of Hosts after creation of volumes.
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-profile-get

Returns the specified External System Profile.

 qs external-system-profile-get|ext-sys-prof-get --external-system-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-profile	Name or ID of a given External System Profile.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-profile-list

Returns a list of the available External System Profiles.

 qs external-system-profile-list|ext-sys-prof-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-scan

Scan for discoverable External Systems.

 qs external-system-scan|ext-sys-scan [--ext-system-credentials=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ext-system-credentials	ID or name of the requested External System Credentials.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-volume-create

Batch creates External System Volumes on the given External System Pool.

 qs external-system-volume-create|ext-sys-vol-create --external-system-pool=value --volume-name-prefix=value --volume-count=value --max-volume-size=value --volume-size=value --assign-to-hosts=value --host-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-pool	Name or ID of the requested External System Pool.
	volume-name-prefix	Prefix to use for new External System Volumes.
	volume-count	Number of External System Volumes to batch create.
	max-volume-size	If true, the External System Volume size will be calculated by dividing the External System Pool capacity by the given volume count.
	volume-size	Size of batch created External System Volumes.
	assign-to-hosts	External System Volumes will be assigned to the given list of Hosts after creation of volumes.
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-volume-delete

Deletes a list of External System Volumes.

 qs external-system-volume-delete|ext-sys-vol-del --external-system-volume-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-volume-list	A comma separated list of External System Volume IDs, or the name/ID of an External System or External System Credentials to add all Volumes from an External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-volume-get

Returns information on a specified External System Volume.

 qs external-system-volume-get|ext-sys-vol-get --external-system-volume=value [--external-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system-volume	Name or ID of the requested External System Volume.
	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

external-system-volume-list

Returns a list of the discovered Volume from the specified External System or from the specified External System Pool.

 qs external-system-volume-list|ext-sys-vol-list [--external-system=value ] [--external-system-pool=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	external-system	Name or ID of the requested External System.
	external-system-pool	Name or ID of the requested External System Pool.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Fc Remote Port Management [FC-REMOTE-PORT]

{CATEGORY DESCRIPTION GOES HERE}

fc-remote-port-enum

List all remote FC port WWNs visible to FC target ports in the Storage System.

 qs fc-remote-port-enum|fcrp-enum --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

fc-remote-port-get

Details of a specific FC remote port.

 qs fc-remote-port-get|fcrp-get --remote-port=value [--flags=value ] 

	remote-port	FC WWN of a remote server's initiator port.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Storage System Grid Management [GRID]

Commands for management and formation of Storage Grids which are comprised of one or more Storage Systems. Storage Grids simplify management and enables advanced features including HA, DR, and scale-out configurations.

grid-add

Adds the specified Storage System to the management grid.

 qs grid-add|mg-add --node-ipaddress=value [--node-username=value ] [--node-password=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	node-ipaddress	IP address of a Storage System node.
	node-username	Admin user account with permissions to add/remove nodes from the grid.
	node-password	Admin user account password.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-assoc-get

Get general information about the associated Storage System management grid.

 qs grid-assoc-get|mg-aget --storage-system=value [--grid=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	grid	Name or ID of the Storage System grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

grid-assoc-list

Returns a list of the associated Storage System nodes in the grid.

 qs grid-assoc-list|mg-alist [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

grid-create

Creates a new management grid. A given Storage System can only be a member of one grid at a time.

 qs grid-create|mg-create --name=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-delete

Deletes the management grid. After the grid is deleted each node in the grid operates independently again.

 qs grid-delete|mg-delete [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-get

Get general information about the Storage System management grid.

 qs grid-get|mg-get [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

grid-merge

Merges two storage grids into one.

 qs grid-merge|mg-merge --node-ipaddress=value [--node-username=value ] [--node-password=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	node-ipaddress	IP address of a Storage System node.
	node-username	Admin user account with permissions to add/remove nodes from the grid.
	node-password	Admin user account password.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-modify

Modify the management grid properties.

 qs grid-modify|mg-modify --name=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-remove

Removes the specified Storage System from the management grid.

 qs grid-remove|mg-remove --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-send-supportlogs

Collect support logs from Storage Systems specified (default, all systems in the grid) and send to OSNEXUS tech support.

 qs grid-send-supportlogs|mg-send-supportlogs [--system-list=value ] [--disable-scrub=value ] [--disable-upload=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	disable-scrub	Disables scrubbing of the logs before uploading. By default logs are scrubbed before uploading for improved security and GDPR compliance.
	disable-upload	Disables uploading of the logs for systems deployed with no internet access. In this mode the logs must be manually downloaded from the system using scp or other utility and then sent to support.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-set-master

Sets the master node for a Storage System.

 qs grid-set-master|mg-set --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

grid-split

Splits / sub-divides a storage grid into two grids.

 qs grid-split|mg-split --name=value [--system-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Storage Pool HA Failover Management [HA-FAILOVER]

Storage Pools based on ZFS can be made Highly-Available when formed using SAS/FC/iSCSI disks connected to two or more appliances. HA storage pools can be moved dynamically between a pair of appliances and activated HA groups will do automatic failover to ensure availability to the underlying pool and it's associated volume and shares.

ha-group-activate

Activates/enables the specified Storage Pool High-Availability Group to failover can occur on a system outage.

 qs ha-group-activate|hag-activate --ha-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-group-create

Creates a new Storage Pool High-Availability Group.

 qs ha-group-create|hag-create --pool=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--sys-primary=value ] [--sys-secondary=value ] [--sys-tertiary=value ] [--settle-time=value ] [--verify-client-ips=value ] [--client-connectivity-check-policy=value ] [--port-linkstate-policy=value ] [--fc-port-linkstate-policy=value ] [--export-timeout=value ] [--enforce-smb-allowed=value ] [--enforce-nfs-allowed=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	sys-primary	Storage system associated with the failover group primary node
	sys-secondary	Storage system associated with the failover group secondary node
	sys-tertiary	Storage system associated with the failover group tertiary node
	settle-time	Duration, in seconds, of a cooldown period for an HA Failover Group before another failover can be triggered.
	verify-client-ips	IP addresses of hosts that should be pinged to verify connectivity. If there's no connectivity a preemptive failover is attempted.
	client-connectivity-check-policy	Client connectivity failover policy indicates policy on when to failover if the designated IPs are not responding to ping checks. [all-nonresponsive, *disabled, majority-nonresponsive]
	port-linkstate-policy	Failover policy for Link Down ports associated with the HA pool configuration. [*all-linkdown, any-linkdown, disabled, majority-linkdown]
	fc-port-linkstate-policy	Failover policy for Link Down Fibre Channel ports associated with the HA pool configuration. [*all-linkdown, any-linkdown, disabled, majority-linkdown]
	export-timeout	Maximum amount of time allowed for the pool to export on the remote system before takeover of the pool devices starts preemptively. If the pool does not export in the allocated time the exporting system will require a reboot to clear state.
	enforce-smb-allowed	Enforces which networks are allowed to access shares over SMB/CIFS for a given HA storage pool by limiting access via networks the pool has VIFs associated with.
	enforce-nfs-allowed	Enforces which networks are allowed to access shares over NFS for a given HA storage pool by limiting access via networks the pool has VIFs associated with.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-group-deactivate

Deactivates the specified Storage Pool High-Availability Group so that failover policies are disabled.

 qs ha-group-deactivate|hag-deactivate --ha-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-group-delete

Deletes the specified Storage Pool High-Availability Group.

 qs ha-group-delete|hag-delete --ha-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-group-failover

Manually triggers a failover of the specified storage pool using the associated storage pool HA group policy.

 qs ha-group-failover|hag-failover --ha-group=value --storage-system=value --import-health-checks=value --export-health-checks=value [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	import-health-checks	Review failover health status events of the target Storage System.
	export-health-checks	Review failover health status events of the source Storage System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-group-get

Gets information about the specified storage pool HA group

 qs ha-group-get|hag-get --ha-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ha-group-list

Returns a list of all the HA groups

 qs ha-group-list|hag-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

ha-group-modify

Modifies the settings for the specified high-availability Group.

 qs ha-group-modify|hag-modify --ha-group=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--sys-primary=value ] [--sys-secondary=value ] [--sys-tertiary=value ] [--enable-tertiary-node=value ] [--settle-time=value ] [--verify-client-ips=value ] [--client-connectivity-check-policy=value ] [--port-linkstate-policy=value ] [--fc-port-linkstate-policy=value ] [--export-timeout=value ] [--enforce-smb-allowed=value ] [--enforce-nfs-allowed=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	sys-primary	Storage system associated with the failover group primary node
	sys-secondary	Storage system associated with the failover group secondary node
	sys-tertiary	Storage system associated with the failover group tertiary node
	enable-tertiary-node	Enable an HA group to have a tertiary failover node.
	settle-time	Duration, in seconds, of a cooldown period for an HA Failover Group before another failover can be triggered.
	verify-client-ips	IP addresses of hosts that should be pinged to verify connectivity. If there's no connectivity a preemptive failover is attempted.
	client-connectivity-check-policy	Client connectivity failover policy indicates policy on when to failover if the designated IPs are not responding to ping checks. [all-nonresponsive, *disabled, majority-nonresponsive]
	port-linkstate-policy	Failover policy for Link Down ports associated with the HA pool configuration. [*all-linkdown, any-linkdown, disabled, majority-linkdown]
	fc-port-linkstate-policy	Failover policy for Link Down Fibre Channel ports associated with the HA pool configuration. [*all-linkdown, any-linkdown, disabled, majority-linkdown]
	export-timeout	Maximum amount of time allowed for the pool to export on the remote system before takeover of the pool devices starts preemptively. If the pool does not export in the allocated time the exporting system will require a reboot to clear state.
	enforce-smb-allowed	Enforces which networks are allowed to access shares over SMB/CIFS for a given HA storage pool by limiting access via networks the pool has VIFs associated with.
	enforce-nfs-allowed	Enforces which networks are allowed to access shares over NFS for a given HA storage pool by limiting access via networks the pool has VIFs associated with.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-interface-create

Creates a new virtual network interface for the specified HA failover group.

 qs ha-interface-create|hai-create --ha-group=value --parent-port=value --ip-address=value [--netmask=value ] [--interface-tag=value ] [--desc=value ] [--mac-address=value ] [--iscsi-enable=value ] [--nvmeof-enable=value ] [--fqdn=value ] [--convert-vif=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ha-group	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability Group
	parent-port	Parent network port like 'eth0' which the virtual interface should be attached to. On failover the virtual interface will attach to the port with the same name on the failover/secondary node.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	netmask	Subnet IP mask (ex: 255.255.255.0)
	interface-tag	Tags are a alpha-numeric tag which is appended onto a given HA virtual interface for easy identification.
	desc	A description for the object.
	mac-address	MAC Address
	iscsi-enable	Enables or disables iSCSI access to the specified port(s).
	nvmeof-enable	Enables or disables NVMEoF TCP access to the specified port(s).
	fqdn	When specified the FQDN for the virtual interface is added to the local /etc/hosts configuration on all systems in the QuantaStor storage grid so that the VIF's FQDN may be referenced by internal services including as Kerberos. The FQDN must be unique and cannot be a hostname already in use by one of the QuantaStor systems.
	convert-vif	Convert existing local virtual ip address into an HA site VIF.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-interface-delete

Deletes the specified virtual network interface resource from the HA group

 qs ha-interface-delete|hai-delete --ha-interface=value [--convert-to-vif=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ha-interface	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability virtual network interface
	convert-to-vif	Convert HA site VIF resource into a local virtual ip address.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ha-interface-get

Gets information about the specified storage pool HA virtual network interface

 qs ha-interface-get|hai-get --ha-interface=value [--flags=value ] 

	ha-interface	Name or UUID of a Storage Pool High-Availability virtual network interface
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

ha-interface-list

Returns a list of all the HA interfaces on the specified group

 qs ha-interface-list|hai-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

network-check

Verified connectivity to all clients and Storage Systems associted with the specified system as well as any additional IP addresses specified.

 qs network-check|net-check [--storage-system=value ] [--verify-client-ips=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	verify-client-ips	IP addresses of hosts that should be pinged to verify connectivity. If there's no connectivity a preemptive failover is attempted.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

ping-check

Pings the specified list of IP addresses and returns the list of IPs that responded to the ping check.

 qs ping-check|ping --verify-client-ips=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	verify-client-ips	IP addresses of hosts that should be pinged to verify connectivity. If there's no connectivity a preemptive failover is attempted.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Health Checks [HEALTH-CHECKER]

Operations for various health checks.

ha-group-check-health-status

Runs a health check to evaluate failover ability of the given Storage Pool(s) and returns the results.

 qs ha-group-check-health-status|hag-check-health-status --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

ha-group-get-health-status

Returns the health status and failover ability of the given Storage Pool(s).

 qs ha-group-get-health-status|hag-get-health-status --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Host Management [HOST]

Storage Volumes must be assigned to Host(s) before the block storage (LUNs) can be accessed. Each Host entry is identified by one or more iSCSI IQNs and/or FibreChannel WWPNs.

host-add

Modifies a host entry. The username/password fields are optional and are not yet leveraged by the Storage System. Later this may be used to provide additional levels of integration such as automatic host side configuration of your iSCSI initiator.

 qs host-add|h-add --hostname=value [--iqn=value ] [--ip-address=value ] [--desc=value ] [--username=value ] [--password=value ] [--host-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	hostname	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	iqn	Initiator IQN (iSCSI Qualified Name) or FC WWPN of the host's iSCSI/FC HBA
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	desc	A description for the object.
	username	Administrator user name for the host, typically 'Administrator' for Windows hosts.
	password	Administrator password for the host; enables auto-configuration of host's iSCSI initiator.
	host-type	Operating system type of the host. [aix, hpux, linux, other, solaris, vmware, *windows, xenserver]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

host-get

Gets information about a specific host.

 qs host-get|h-get --host=value [--flags=value ] 

	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

host-initiator-add

Adds an additional iSCSI host initiator IQN or FC WWPN to the specified host.

 qs host-initiator-add|hi-add --host=value --iqn=value [--flags=value ] 

	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	iqn	Initiator IQN (iSCSI Qualified Name) or FC WWPN of the host's iSCSI/FC HBA
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

host-initiator-get

Gets information about a specific host identified by its initiator IQN or FC WWPN.

 qs host-initiator-get|hi-get --iqn=value [--flags=value ] 

	iqn	Initiator IQN (iSCSI Qualified Name) or FC WWPN of the host's iSCSI/FC HBA
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

host-initiator-list

Returns a list of all the initiators iSCSI IQNs and FC WWPNs of the specified host

 qs host-initiator-list|hi-list --host=value [--flags=value ] 

	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

host-initiator-remove

Removes a iSCSI IQN or FC WWPN host initiator entry from the specified Host.

 qs host-initiator-remove|hi-remove --host=value --iqn=value [--flags=value ] 

	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	iqn	Initiator IQN (iSCSI Qualified Name) or FC WWPN of the host's iSCSI/FC HBA
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

host-list

Returns a list of all the Hosts that you have added to the Storage System. Host Groups allow you to assign storage to multiple host all at once. This is especially useful when you have a VMware or Windows cluster as you can assign and unassign storage to all nodes in the cluster in one operation.

 qs host-list|h-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

host-modify

Modifies a host entry which contains a list of WWPN or IQN for a given host.

 qs host-modify|h-modify --host=value [--desc=value ] [--ip-address=value ] [--username=value ] [--password=value ] [--host-type=value ] [--hostname=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	desc	A description for the object.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	username	Administrator user name for the host, typically 'Administrator' for Windows hosts.
	password	Administrator password for the host; enables auto-configuration of host's iSCSI initiator.
	host-type	Operating system type of the host. [aix, hpux, linux, other, solaris, vmware, *windows, xenserver]
	hostname	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

host-remove

Removes the specified host, *WARNING* host's active iSCSI sessions will be dropped.

 qs host-remove|h-remove --host=value [--flags=value ] 

	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

Host Group Management [HOST-GROUP]

Hosts can be grouped together into Host Group(s) to simplify assignment and management of Storage Volumes assigned to a cluster of hosts (eg. VMware).

host-group-create

Creates a new host group with the specified name.

 qs host-group-create|hg-create --name=value --host-list=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

host-group-delete

Removes the specified host group.

 qs host-group-delete|hg-delete --host-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	host-group	An arbitrary collection of hosts used to simplify volume ACL management for grids and other groups of hosts.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

host-group-get

Gets information about a specific host group.

 qs host-group-get|hg-get --host-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	host-group	An arbitrary collection of hosts used to simplify volume ACL management for grids and other groups of hosts.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

host-group-host-add

Adds a host to the specified host group.

 qs host-group-host-add|hg-host-add --host-group=value --host-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	host-group	An arbitrary collection of hosts used to simplify volume ACL management for grids and other groups of hosts.
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

host-group-host-remove

Removes a host from the specified host group.

 qs host-group-host-remove|hg-host-remove --host-group=value --host-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	host-group	An arbitrary collection of hosts used to simplify volume ACL management for grids and other groups of hosts.
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

host-group-list

Returns a list of all the host groups.

 qs host-group-list|hg-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

host-group-modify

Modifies the properties of a host group such as its name and/or description.

 qs host-group-modify|hg-modify --host-group=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	host-group	An arbitrary collection of hosts used to simplify volume ACL management for grids and other groups of hosts.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

Hardware RAID Management [HWRAID]

Integrated hardware management modules monitor, discover, correlate and manage all the key aspects of internal SAS HBAs and RAID Controllers.

hw-alarm-clear-all

Clears all the Hardware Alarms/Events that have been recorded for the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-alarm-clear-all|hwa-clear-all --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-alarm-get

Returns information about a specific Hardware Alarm.

 qs hw-alarm-get|hwa-get --id=value [--flags=value ] 

	id	Unique identifier (GUID) for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

hw-alarm-list

Returns a list of all the current Hardware Alarms/Event messages generated from Hardware Controllers.

 qs hw-alarm-list|hwa-list [--controller=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

hw-controller-change-security-key

Change the security key for encryption on SED/FDE-enabled drives on Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-controller-change-security-key|hwc-change-security-key --controller=value --old-security-key=value --security-key=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	old-security-key	Prior security key on HW Controller card, for changing key, for encryption on FDE-enabled secure disk drives.
	security-key	Security key on HW Controller card for encryption on FDE-enabled secure disk drives.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-controller-create-security-key

Create the security key for encryption on SED/FDE-enabled drives on Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-controller-create-security-key|hwc-create-security-key --controller=value --security-key=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	security-key	Security key on HW Controller card for encryption on FDE-enabled secure disk drives.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-controller-get

Returns information about a specific Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-controller-get|hwc-get --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

hw-controller-group-get

Returns information about all the support Hardware Controller Group types.

 qs hw-controller-group-get|hwcg-get --controller-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller-group	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller group.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

hw-controller-group-list

Returns a list of all the Hardware Controller Groups.

 qs hw-controller-group-list|hwcg-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

hw-controller-import-units

Scan and import foreign disks associated with Hardware Controller Groups that were attached to another Hardware Controller or that require re-importing to the local appliance.

 qs hw-controller-import-units|hwc-import-units --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-controller-list

Returns a list of all the Hardware Controllers.

 qs hw-controller-list|hwc-list [--controller-group=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	controller-group	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller group.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

hw-controller-rescan

Rescans the Hardware Controller to look for new disks and RAID units.

 qs hw-controller-rescan|hwc-rescan --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-controller-rescan-all

Rescans the system to rediscover all Hardware Controller and to look for new disks and RAID units on all controllers.

 qs hw-controller-rescan-all|hwc-rescan-all [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-controller-search

Returns a subset of HW Controller objects matching the given criteria.

 qs hw-controller-search|hwc-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Hardware Controller List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

hw-disk-clear-missing

Clears all the hardware disk devices which are marked as missing and are no longer present. This clears that information from the internal grid database.

 qs hw-disk-clear-missing|hwd-clear-missing [--controller=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-disk-delete

Marks the specified disk so that it can be removed from the enclosure. Disks marked as hot-spares will return to normal status after being deleted.

 qs hw-disk-delete|hwd-delete --disk-list=value --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Specifies one or more physical disks connected to a hardware RAID controller. Use 'all' to indicate all unused disks.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-disk-get

Returns information about a specific disk managed by a Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-disk-get|hwd-get --disk=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk	Specifies a physical disk connected to a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

hw-disk-identify

Flashes the LED indicator light on the specified disk so that it can be identified in the enclosure chassis.

 qs hw-disk-identify|hwd-identify [--disk-list=value ] [--controller=value ] [--blink-type=value ] [--duration=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Specifies one or more physical disks connected to a hardware RAID controller. Use 'all' to indicate all unused disks.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-disk-list

Returns a list of all the disks managed by the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-disk-list|hwd-list [--controller=value ] [--normalize=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	normalize	Normalizes to a set of unique instances of each object by removing duplicates (child paths, multiple system views of the same disk, enclosure, etc)
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

hw-disk-mark-good

Marks the specified disk as 'good' or 'ready'. You can use this to correct the disk status for good disks that the Hardware Controller has in 'bad' or 'failed' state.

 qs hw-disk-mark-good|hwd-mark-good --disk-list=value --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Specifies one or more physical disks connected to a hardware RAID controller. Use 'all' to indicate all unused disks.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-disk-mark-spare

Marks the specified disk as a universal hot spare within the group of RAID units managed by the Hardware Controller in which the disk is attached.

 qs hw-disk-mark-spare|hwd-mark-spare --disk-list=value --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Specifies one or more physical disks connected to a hardware RAID controller. Use 'all' to indicate all unused disks.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-disk-search

Returns a subset of HW Disk objects matching the given criteria.

 qs hw-disk-search|hwd-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Hardware Disk List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

hw-disk-unmark-spare

Unmarks the specified disk as a universal hot spare within the group of RAID units managed by the Hardware Controller in which the disk is attached.

 qs hw-disk-unmark-spare|hwd-unmark-spare --disk-list=value --controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	disk-list	Specifies one or more physical disks connected to a hardware RAID controller. Use 'all' to indicate all unused disks.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-enclosure-get

Returns information about a specific enclosure managed by the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-enclosure-get|hwe-get --enclosure=value [--flags=value ] 

	enclosure	Name of a hardware RAID enclosure or it unique ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

hw-enclosure-layout-get

Returns information about a specific enclosure layout managed by the current system.

 qs hw-enclosure-layout-get|hwe-layout-get --hw-enclosure-layout=value [--flags=value ] 

	hw-enclosure-layout	Name of the hardware RAID enclosure layout or its unique ID
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

hw-enclosure-layout-list

Returns a list of all the enclosure layouts managed by the current system.

 qs hw-enclosure-layout-list|hwe-layout-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

hw-enclosure-layout-vendor-group-get

Returns information about a specific enclosure layout vendor group managed by the current system.

 qs hw-enclosure-layout-vendor-group-get|hwe-layout-vg-get --hw-enclosure-layout-vendor-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	hw-enclosure-layout-vendor-group	Name of the hardware RAID enclosure layout vendor group or its unique ID
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

hw-enclosure-layout-vendor-group-list

Returns a list of all the enclosure layout vendor groups managed by the current system.

 qs hw-enclosure-layout-vendor-group-list|hwe-layout-vg-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

hw-enclosure-list

Returns a list of all the enclosures managed by the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-enclosure-list|hwe-list [--controller=value ] [--normalize=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	normalize	Normalizes to a set of unique instances of each object by removing duplicates (child paths, multiple system views of the same disk, enclosure, etc)
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

hw-enclosure-modify

Modifies the properties of a specific enclosure managed by the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-enclosure-modify|hwe-modify --enclosure=value [--alt-name=value ] [--description=value ] [--enclosure-layout=value ] [--chassis-tag=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	enclosure	Name of a hardware RAID enclosure or it unique ID.
	alt-name	Alternate name for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	enclosure-layout	Enclosure layout for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	chassis-tag	Name of a chassis tag for sorting hardware disks within hardware enclosures.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

hw-enclosure-search

Returns a subset of HW Enclosure objects matching the given criteria.

 qs hw-enclosure-search|hwe-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Hardware Enclosure List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

hw-enclosure-slot-identify

Flashes the LED indicator light on the specified slots in the RAID enclosure so that they can be identified in the enclosure.

 qs hw-enclosure-slot-identify|hwe-slot-identify --enclosure=value [--slot-list=value ] [--blink-type=value ] [--duration=value ] [--all-slots=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	enclosure	Name of a hardware RAID enclosure or it unique ID.
	slot-list	List of the enclosure's slots to be identified/blinked.
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	all-slots	Perform action on all slots in the enclosure.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

hw-unit-auto-create

Creates new hardware RAID units automatically using available disk resources according to the selection criteria.

 qs hw-unit-auto-create|hwu-auto-create --raid-level=value [--disks-per-unit=value ] [--disk-category=value ] [--min-size=value ] [--max-size=value ] [--unit-count=value ] [--options=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--controller=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	raid-level	Hardware RAID type for a hardware RAID unit. [*RAID0, RAID1, RAID5, RAID6]
	disks-per-unit	Number of disks to select for each new hardware RAID unit to be created. Example, 5 disks indicates 4d+1p when selected with RAID5 layout type, RAID0 default = 1.
	disk-category	Any, SSD, or HDD, this allows filtering by disk type so that new hardware RAID units are created using the correct category of disks. [*ANY, HDD, SSD]
	min-size	Minimum size of the disks to be selected for creation of new hardware RAID units
	max-size	Maximum size of the disks to be selected for creation of new hardware RAID units, useful for limiting the selection to a specific group of drives.
	unit-count	Maximum number of units to create, if 0 then all available disks will be used after filtering.
	options	Special options to hardware encryption policy.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-unit-create

Creates a new hardware RAID unit using the specified controller.

 qs hw-unit-create|hwu-create --raid=value --disk-list=value [--controller=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	raid	Hardware RAID type for a hardware RAID unit. [*AUTO, RAID0, RAID1, RAID10, RAID5, RAID50, RAID6, RAID60]
	disk-list	Specifies one or more physical disks connected to a hardware RAID controller. Use 'all' to indicate all unused disks.
	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-unit-delete

Deletes the specified RAID unit. Note that you must first delete the Storage Pool before you delete the RAID unit.

 qs hw-unit-delete|hwu-delete --unit=value [--duration=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	unit	Name of a hardware RAID unit or it unique ID.
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-unit-encrypt

Enable hardware SED/FDE encryption for the specified hardware RAID unit.

 qs hw-unit-encrypt|hwu-encrypt --unit=value [--options=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	unit	Name of a hardware RAID unit or it unique ID.
	options	Special options to hardware encryption policy.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-unit-get

Returns information about a specific RAID unit managed by the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-unit-get|hwu-get --unit=value [--flags=value ] 

	unit	Name of a hardware RAID unit or it unique ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

hw-unit-identify

Flashes the LED indicator light on all the disks in the RAID unit so that it can be identified in the enclosure.

 qs hw-unit-identify|hwu-identify --unit=value [--blink-type=value ] [--duration=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	unit	Name of a hardware RAID unit or it unique ID.
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

hw-unit-list

Returns a list of all the RAID units managed by the specified Hardware Controller.

 qs hw-unit-list|hwu-list [--controller=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	controller	Name or ID of a hardware RAID controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

hw-unit-search

Returns a subset of HW Unit objects matching the given criteria.

 qs hw-unit-search|hwu-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Hardware Unit List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

Key Server Profile Management [KEY-SERVER-PROFILE]

Key Server Profiles contain all of the neccessary certificate and connection information needed for KMIP operations.

key-server-profile-create

Creates a key server profile.

 qs key-server-profile-create|ksp-create --name=value --server-type=value --username=value --password=value --ca-cert=value --client-cert=value --client-key=value --host=value --kmip-connection-port=value --protocol=value --connection-mode=value --timeout=value [--description=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	server-type	Specifies the type of KMIP compatable server is being used. [*default, ibm, kmip]
	username	Administrator user name for the host, typically 'Administrator' for Windows hosts.
	password	Administrator password for the host; enables auto-configuration of host's iSCSI initiator.
	ca-cert	The file location of the Certification Authority Certificate in x509 certificate format.
	client-cert	The file location of the Client Certificate in x509 certificate format.
	client-key	The file location of the Client Private Key in RSA private key format.
	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	kmip-connection-port	The port number for which to estabilish a connection with the KIMP server host.
	protocol	Protocol and version for key server communication. [kmip1, kmip1-1, *kmip1-2, kmip1-3, kmip1-4, kmip2, kmip2-1, kmip3, raw, unknown]
	connection-mode	Connection mode for the server. [reconnect, *reset]
	timeout	Timeout value for client-server KMIP operations (default: 10 sec).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-delete

Deletes the specified key server profile.

 qs key-server-profile-delete|ksp-delete --key-server-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-get

Returns the key information for the specified key.

 qs key-server-profile-get|ksp-get --key-server-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-key-add

Registers a key to the integrated key server.

 qs key-server-profile-key-add|ksp-key-add --key-server-profile=value --key-data=value --encoding=value --key-type=value --resource-type=value [--name=value ] [--description=value ] [--resource-id=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	key-data	Data payload for the key object being stored on the key server.
	encoding	Data encoding for object stored on the key server. [*none]
	key-type	Key type sent in KMIP payload. [*all-key, data-encryption-key, root-key]
	resource-id	GUID for the resource the key is associated with. Required if '--resource-type' is 'storage-pool' or 'ceph-cluster'.
	resource-type	An enum to identify the type of resource the key is associated with. [none*,storage-pool,ceph-cluster] [ceph-cluster, *none, storage-pool]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-key-modify

Modifies the name and description for a KMIP key.

 qs key-server-profile-key-modify|ksp-key-modify [--key-server-profile=value ] [--name=value ] [--description=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-key-remove

Deletes the specified key from the key server.

 qs key-server-profile-key-remove|ksp-key-remove --key-server-profile=value --name=value [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-list

Returns a list of all server profiles.

 qs key-server-profile-list|ksp-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-modify

Modifies the properties of a key server profile object.

 qs key-server-profile-modify|ksp-modify --key-server-profile=value [--name=value ] [--description=value ] [--server-type=value ] [--username=value ] [--password=value ] [--ca-cert=value ] [--client-cert=value ] [--client-key=value ] [--host=value ] [--kmip-connection-port=value ] [--protocol=value ] [--connection-mode=value ] [--timeout=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Unique identifier (GUID) for the object.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	server-type	Specifies the type of KMIP compatable server is being used. [*default, ibm, kmip]
	username	Administrator user name for the host, typically 'Administrator' for Windows hosts.
	password	Administrator password for the host; enables auto-configuration of host's iSCSI initiator.
	ca-cert	The file location of the Certification Authority Certificate in x509 certificate format.
	client-cert	The file location of the Client Certificate in x509 certificate format.
	client-key	The file location of the Client Private Key in RSA private key format.
	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	kmip-connection-port	The port number for which to estabilish a connection with the KIMP server host.
	protocol	Protocol and version for key server communication. [kmip1, kmip1-1, *kmip1-2, kmip1-3, kmip1-4, kmip2, kmip2-1, kmip3, raw, unknown]
	connection-mode	Connection mode for the server. [reconnect, *reset]
	timeout	Timeout value for client-server KMIP operations (default: 10 sec).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Key Server Profile Key Management [KEY-SERVER-PROFILE-KEY]

Key object to key server profiles.

key-server-profile-key-get

Gets the info of specified key that is on the given key server profile.

 qs key-server-profile-key-get|ksp-key-get --key=value [--flags=value ] 

	key	Identifier for KMIP key.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

key-server-profile-key-list

Lists the key associations from the specified key server profile.

 qs key-server-profile-key-list|ksp-key-list [--key-server-profile=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

License Management [LICENSE]

Commands for management of Storage System license keys including adding, removing and listing License Keys.

license-activate

Activates the system using a activation key received from customer support.

 qs license-activate|lic-act --activation-key=value [--flags=value ] 

	activation-key	Activation key you'll receive from customer support after you send the activation request code.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

license-activate-online

Requests automatic activation via the online activation service.

 qs license-activate-online|lic-aon [--key=value ] [--renew-lease=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key	Unique license key identifier, use license-list to get a list of these.
	renew-lease	Does a lease renewal of the license, only applies to Cloud Edition keys which require lease renewal.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

license-add

Adds a license key using a license key block specified in a key file. In general, you have 7 days to activate your license using online activation of activation via email. If you do not activate after the 7 days the system will continue to run but you will not be able to make configuration changes.

 qs license-add|lic-add --key-file=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	key-file	Key file you received which contains a key block section.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

license-get

Shows the current license key info, and any activation request code.

 qs license-get|lic-get --key=value [--flags=value ] 

	key	Unique license key identifier, use license-list to get a list of these.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

license-list

Returns a list of all the registered license keys.

 qs license-list|lic-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

license-modify-support

Applies reseller and support contract information to the license key. This information is also written to /var/opt/osnexus/quantastor/support.info for support log collection.

 qs license-modify-support|lic-modify-support --key=value [--reseller-name=value ] [--reseller-contact-number=value ] [--reseller-email=value ] [--support-contract-number=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key	Unique license key identifier, use license-list to get a list of these.
	reseller-name	Full name of the reseller technical support contact.
	reseller-contact-number	Phone number of the reseller technical support contact.
	reseller-email	Email address of the reseller technical support contact.
	support-contract-number	Reseller support contract reference number.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

license-remove

Removes the specified license key.

 qs license-remove|lic-remove --key=value [--flags=value ] 

	key	Unique license key identifier, use license-list to get a list of these.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Maintenance Schedule Management [MAINTENANCE-SCHEDULE]

Operations for scheduling of Storage Pool maintenance such as scrub and SSD TRIM operations.

maintenance-schedule-add

Adds Storage Pools to the specified Maintenance Schedule.

 qs maintenance-schedule-add|maintenance-sch-add --maintenance-schedule=value --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-assoc-get

Returns details of a specific Maintenance Schedule association to a Storage Pool.

 qs maintenance-schedule-assoc-get|maintenance-sch-assoc-get --maintenance-schedule=value --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

maintenance-schedule-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the Maintenance Schedule associations to Storage Pools

 qs maintenance-schedule-assoc-list|maintenance-sch-assoc-list --maintenance-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-create

Creates a new Maintenance Schedule to periodically run bit-rot scrubs on Storage Pools to ensure data integrity.

 qs maintenance-schedule-create|maintenance-sch-create --name=value [--maintenance-type=value ] [--description=value ] [--pool-list=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--min-days-between-maint=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	maintenance-type	Type of maintenance to be done such as pool-scrub to correct bit-rot, pool-trim to free deleted blocks in SSD media, and s3-orphan-cleanup to search for and remove orphaned S3 objects no longer associated with a bucket. [*pool-scrub, pool-trim, s3-orphan-cleanup]
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	min-days-between-maint	Minimum days of delay between scrubs since the last run of the schedule. [Value should be between 2-365 days]
	days	The specified day of the week on which this schedule can run the maintenance tasks assuming the minimum time span between maintenance has expired. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	Maintenance schedule must start on the specified hour. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-delete

Deletes the specified Maintenance Schedule.

 qs maintenance-schedule-delete|maintenance-sch-delete --maintenance-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-disable

Disables the specified Maintenance Schedule.

 qs maintenance-schedule-disable|maintenance-sch-disable --maintenance-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-enable

Enables the specified Maintenance Schedule.

 qs maintenance-schedule-enable|maintenance-sch-enable --maintenance-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-get

Gets detailed properties of a specific Maintenance Schedule.

 qs maintenance-schedule-get|maintenance-sch-get --maintenance-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

maintenance-schedule-list

Returns a list of all the Maintenance Schedules.

 qs maintenance-schedule-list|maintenance-sch-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-modify

Used to modify the properties of a Maintenance Schedule including name and description.

 qs maintenance-schedule-modify|maintenance-sch-modify --maintenance-schedule=value [--name=value ] [--description=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--min-days-between-maint=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--maintenance-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	min-days-between-maint	Minimum days of delay between scrubs since the last run of the schedule. [Value should be between 2-365 days]
	days	The specified day of the week on which this schedule can run the maintenance tasks assuming the minimum time span between maintenance has expired. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	Maintenance schedule must start on the specified hour. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	maintenance-type	Type of maintenance to be done such as pool-scrub to correct bit-rot, pool-trim to free deleted blocks in SSD media, and s3-orphan-cleanup to search for and remove orphaned S3 objects no longer associated with a bucket. [*pool-scrub, pool-trim, s3-orphan-cleanup]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-remove

Removes Storage Pools from the specified Maintenance Schedule.

 qs maintenance-schedule-remove|maintenance-sch-remove --maintenance-schedule=value --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

maintenance-schedule-trigger

Starts the specified Maintenance Schedule immediately.

 qs maintenance-schedule-trigger|maintenance-sch-trigger --maintenance-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	maintenance-schedule	A schedule that runs a scrub to repair any bit-rot in the specified list of Storage Pools associated with the schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Multi-Factor Authentication Configuration Management [MULTIFACTORAUTHCONFIG]

Multi-factor authentication configurations are required for enabling multi-factor authentication at login time for users.

multi-factor-auth-config-create

Creates a multi-factor authentication configuration including API host, integration key, and secrety key to enable multi-factor authentication.

 qs multi-factor-auth-config-create|mfa-config-create --api-host=value --integration-key=value --secret-key=value --name=value [--description=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	api-host	API host for DUO multi-factor authentication
	integration-key	Integration key for DUO multi-factor authentication
	secret-key	secret-key
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for the multi-factor authentication configuration.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

multi-factor-auth-config-delete

Deletes the multi-factor authentication configuration and removes it from all users which are currently using the specified configuration.

 qs multi-factor-auth-config-delete|mfa-config-delete --mfa-config-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	mfa-config-list	mfa-config-list
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

multi-factor-auth-config-get

Gets information about the specified multi-factor authentication configuration.

 qs multi-factor-auth-config-get|mfa-config-get --mfa-config=value [--flags=value ] 

	mfa-config	Name or ID of a multi-factor authentication configuration.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

multi-factor-auth-config-list

Lists all multi-factor authentication configurations.

 qs multi-factor-auth-config-list|mfa-config-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

multi-factor-auth-config-modify

Modifies the properties of the multi-factor authentication configuration such as its name and description.

 qs multi-factor-auth-config-modify|mfa-config-modify --mfa-config=value [--secret-key=value ] [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	mfa-config	Name or ID of a multi-factor authentication configuration.
	secret-key	Secret key for DUO multi-factor authentication
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

multi-factor-auth-config-set-user

Adds or removes multi-factor authentication configurations specified as 'user1=config1,user2=config2,~user3,...', prepend with tilde (~) to remove multi-factor authentication configurations from specified users.

 qs multi-factor-auth-config-set-user|mfa-config-set-user --user-config-assignments=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-config-assignments	User to multi-factor authentication configuration assignments specified as 'user1:config1,user2:config2,~user3,...' prepend with tilde (~) to remove configurations.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

Network Share Namespace Management [NAMESPACE]

Commands for managing Network Shares Namespaces which controls NFS redirects and Microsoft DFS for the SMB protocol.

share-namespace-add-shares

Adds one or more shares to the specified Network Share Namespace.

 qs share-namespace-add-shares|nspc-add-shares --namespace=value --share-list=value --preferred-ports=value [--flags=value ] 

	namespace	Network Share Namespaces group together one or more shares from one or more systems into a distributed single namespace using Microsoft DFS and NFSv4 redirection technology.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	preferred-ports	List of the preferred IP addresses for each system to use for Network Share access redirection within the namespace.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

share-namespace-create

Creates a new Network Share Namespace which provides the ability to combine shares across appliances into a single namespace which integrates with Microsoft DFS.

 qs share-namespace-create|nspc-create --name=value --preferred-ports=value --share-list=value [--desc=value ] [--dfs-mode=value ] [--nfs-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	preferred-ports	List of the preferred IP addresses for each system to use for Network Share access redirection within the namespace.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	desc	A description for the object.
	dfs-mode	dfs-mode [disabled, *flat, grouped]
	nfs-mode	nfs-mode [disabled, *flat]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-namespace-delete

Deletes the specified Network Share Namespace, associated Network Shares are not deleted.

 qs share-namespace-delete|nspc-delete --namespace=value [--flags=value ] 

	namespace	Network Share Namespaces group together one or more shares from one or more systems into a distributed single namespace using Microsoft DFS and NFSv4 redirection technology.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-namespace-get

Returns detailed information about the specified Network Share Namespace.

 qs share-namespace-get|nspc-get --namespace=value [--flags=value ] 

	namespace	Network Share Namespaces group together one or more shares from one or more systems into a distributed single namespace using Microsoft DFS and NFSv4 redirection technology.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

share-namespace-list

Returns a list of all the Network Share Namespaces in the grid.

 qs share-namespace-list|nspc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

share-namespace-modify

Modifies the selected Network Share Namespace properties including name, description, and features.

 qs share-namespace-modify|nspc-modify --namespace=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--dfs-mode=value ] [--nfs-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	namespace	Network Share Namespaces group together one or more shares from one or more systems into a distributed single namespace using Microsoft DFS and NFSv4 redirection technology.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	dfs-mode	dfs-mode [disabled, *flat, grouped]
	nfs-mode	nfs-mode [disabled, *flat]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

share-namespace-remove-shares

Removes one or more shares from the specified Network Share Namespace.

 qs share-namespace-remove-shares|nspc-remove-shares --namespace=value [--share-list=value ] [--preferred-ports=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	namespace	Network Share Namespaces group together one or more shares from one or more systems into a distributed single namespace using Microsoft DFS and NFSv4 redirection technology.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	preferred-ports	List of the preferred IP addresses for each system to use for Network Share access redirection within the namespace.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Storage Pool Management [POOL]

Storage Pools combined Physical Disks together to form fault-tolerant pools of storage that can be provisioned from. Both Storage Volumes and Network Shares are provisioned from Storage Pools where ZFS based pools are the default ans XFS based pools are used for scale-out configurations using Ceph technology.

pool-add-dedup-offload

Adds a pair of mirrored dedicated deduplication metadata offload devices to the specified storage pool.

 qs pool-add-dedup-offload|p-add-dedup-offload --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-add-metadata-offload

Adds a pair of mirrored dedicated metadata offload devices to the specified storage pool.

 qs pool-add-metadata-offload|p-add-metadata-offload --pool=value --disk-list=value [--small-block-threshold=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	small-block-threshold	Indicates the max size of a block of I/O for it to be categorized to be written to the SSD meta-data offload vdev. Recommend setting this to a value between 8K and 32K depending on how much SSD space is available in the mirrored metadata vdev.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-add-read-cache

Adds a dedicated read cache to the specified storage pool.

 qs pool-add-read-cache|p-add-read-cache --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-add-spare

Adds a dedicated hot-spare to the specified storage pool.

 qs pool-add-spare|p-add --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-add-write-log

Adds a dedicated write log to the specified storage pool.

 qs pool-add-write-log|p-add-write-log --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-create

Creates a new storage pool from which Storage Volumes can be created.

 qs pool-create|p-create --name=value --disk-list=value [--raid-type=value ] [--pool-type=value ] [--desc=value ] [--is-default=value ] [--compress=value ] [--auto-trim=value ] [--profile=value ] [--raid-set-size=value ] [--encrypt=value ] [--encryption-type=value ] [--passphrase=value ] [--key-server-type=value ] [--key-server-profile=value ] [--ashift=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters, special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses. Size ranging from 2 to 40 characters.
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	raid-type	RAID type for the storage pool where RAID0 is striping, RAID1/10 are mirroring, RAID5/50/6/60/7/70 are parity based fault-tolerant layouts, and DRAID/1_1S/1_2S/1_3S/2_1S/2_2S/2_3S/3_1S/3_2S/3_3S are distributed RAID layouts. [*AUTO, DRAID1_1S, DRAID1_2S, DRAID1_3S, DRAID2_1S, DRAID2_2S, DRAID2_3S, DRAID3_1S, DRAID3_2S, DRAID3_3S, ERASURE-CODING, LINEAR, RAID0, RAID1, RAID10, RAID5, RAID50, RAID6, RAID60, RAID7, RAID70, REPLICAS]
	pool-type	The type of storage pool to be created. [swap, *zfs]
	desc	A description for the object.
	is-default	Indicates that this pool should be utilized as the default storage pool.
	compress	Enable Storage Volume compression on the pool, this boosts both read and write performance on most IO loads.
	auto-trim	Enable auto-trim storage pool optimizations.
	profile	Specifies an optional IO optimization profile for the storage pool. Storage pool profiles control elements like read-ahead, queue depth and other device configurable settings.
	raid-set-size	Number of disks to use in each set of disks (aka VDEV) when creating a new storage pool with layout RAID10, RAIDZ1/50, RAIDZ2/60, or RAIDZ3.
	encrypt	Enables encryption on all devices in the storage pool or other storage resource. Encryption can only be enabled at the time of storage resource creation.
	encryption-type	Sets the encryption algorithm, currently only the default aes256 is supported. [SED, aes256, *default]
	passphrase	Locks up the storage keys into an encrypted file after the pool has been created. After this the passphrase must be provided to start the storage pool. If no storage pool is provided then the pool is started automatically at system startup time.
	key-server-type	Type of key server associated with storage pool, used to protect and store encryption keys. [IBM-KeyProtect, *default, kmip]
	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	ashift	Controls the block size offset for the devices which can impact usable capacity and performance. Recommend leaving this at 0 so that the system can automatically select based on the reported blocksize of the devices.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-destroy

Deletes a storage pool, *WARNING* any data in the pool will be lost.

 qs pool-destroy|p-destroy --pool=value [--shred-keys=value ] [--shred-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	shred-keys	Shreds the keys if the pool is an encrypted Storage Pool.
	shred-mode	Indicates the mode used to shred data on all the disks in the pool as part of the pool destroy process. [dod, nnsa, *none, random, usarmy, zeros]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

pool-device-get

Gets information about a specific storage pool device.

 qs pool-device-get|spd-get --pool-device=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool-device	Name or UUID of a storage pool device
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

pool-device-group-get

Gets information about a specific storage pool device group.

 qs pool-device-group-get|spdg-get --pool-device-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool-device-group	Name or UUID of a storage pool device group
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

pool-device-group-identify

Pulses the disk activity lights for all disks in the pool device group so they can be identified in the chassis.

 qs pool-device-group-identify|spdg-ident --pool-device-group=value [--duration=value ] [--blink-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool-device-group	Name or UUID of a storage pool device group
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-device-group-list

Returns a list of all the storage pool device groups.

 qs pool-device-group-list|spdg-list [--pool=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

pool-device-group-search

Returns a subset of Storage Pool Device Group objects matching the given search criteria.

 qs pool-device-group-search|spdg-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Storage Pool Device Group List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

pool-device-list

Returns a list of all the storage pool devices.

 qs pool-device-list|spd-list [--pool=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

pool-device-search

Returns a subset of Storage Pool Device objects matching the given search criteria.

 qs pool-device-search|spd-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Storage Pool Device List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

pool-expand

Expands a storage pool after the underlying hardware RAID unit has been grown underneath.

 qs pool-expand|p-expand --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-export

Deactivate and removes the storage pool from the Storage System database so that it can be exported and used on another system.

 qs pool-export|p-export --pool=value [--release-io-fence=value ] [--metadata-only=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	release-io-fence	Release all I/O fence reservations for the specified disk(s)
	metadata-only	Export a new metadata archive to the '.poolmeta' directory for the specified pool. The pool is not exported, rather this option provides for a way to make a new explicit backup of pool metadata.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-get

Gets information about a specific storage pool.

 qs pool-get|p-get --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, forget-missing, min]

pool-grow

Grows the specified storage pool by adding an additional disk. You can only grow storage pools that are using the RAID5 or RAID6 layout.

 qs pool-grow|p-grow --pool=value --disk-list=value [--raid-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	raid-type	RAID type for the storage pool where RAID0 is striping, RAID1/10 are mirroring, RAID5/50/6/60/7/70 are parity based fault-tolerant layouts, and DRAID/1_1S/1_2S/1_3S/2_1S/2_2S/2_3S/3_1S/3_2S/3_3S are distributed RAID layouts. [*AUTO, DRAID1_1S, DRAID1_2S, DRAID1_3S, DRAID2_1S, DRAID2_2S, DRAID2_3S, DRAID3_1S, DRAID3_2S, DRAID3_3S, ERASURE-CODING, LINEAR, RAID0, RAID1, RAID10, RAID5, RAID50, RAID6, RAID60, RAID7, RAID70, REPLICAS]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-health-check

Checks the health/state of the pool and recursively checks the health of the associated disk devices to see if there are any issues anywhere in the stack.

 qs pool-health-check|p-check --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

pool-identify

Pulses the disk activity lights for all disks in the pool so they can be identified in the chassis.

 qs pool-identify|p-id --pool=value [--blink-type=value ] [--duration=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	blink-type	Mode for the operation to turn on/activate or turn off the device LED beacon. [off, on]
	duration	Duration in seconds to remain ON before automatically turning off. Default = 0 (stays on until explicitly turned off). If blink-type = OFF, specifies delay until OFF action is taken.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-import

Imports the named storage pool(s) which have been previously exported.

 qs pool-import|p-import --pool-list=value [--storage-system=value ] [--metadata-only=value ] [--skip-metadata=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool-list	List of storage pools.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	metadata-only	Import only the metadata archive from the '.poolmeta' directory for the specified pool. Metadata is imported by default on all pool import operations. The metadata-only import option provides a way to reimport the metadata for an already imported pool.
	skip-metadata	Import all volumes and shares but DO NOT recover the volume and share metadata using the most recent backup from the '.poolmeta' directory. Useful for when the metadata is too old or invalid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-import-encrypted

Imports the named encrypted storage pool(s) which have been previously exported, providing the given passphrase to decrypt the pool.

 qs pool-import-encrypted|p-import-crypt --storage-system=value --pool-list=value [--passphrase=value ] [--metadata-only=value ] [--skip-metadata=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	pool-list	List of storage pools.
	passphrase	If the Storage Pool was created with an encryption passphrase then it must be specified in order to temporarily unlock the keys and start the Storage Pool.
	metadata-only	Import only the metadata archive from the '.poolmeta' directory for the specified pool. Metadata is imported by default on all pool import operations. The metadata-only import option provides a way to reimport the metadata for an already imported pool.
	skip-metadata	Import all volumes and shares but DO NOT recover the volume and share metadata using the most recent backup from the '.poolmeta' directory. Useful for when the metadata is too old or invalid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-key-export

Exports all the encryption key information for the specified Storage Pool into a block that can be used in the future to re-import the keys.

 qs pool-key-export|p-key-export --pool=value --key-file=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	key-file	File name to use for the exported pool key block.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

pool-key-import

Import the previously exported encryption keys for a Storage Pool to the specified Storage System.

 qs pool-key-import|p-key-import --key-file=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	key-file	File which contains the previously exported key block to use for importing.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

pool-list

Returns a list of all the storage pools.

 qs pool-list|p-list [--vasa-support-only=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	vasa-support-only	VASA support only.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

pool-modify

Modifies the properties of the storage pool such as its name and description.

 qs pool-modify|p-modify --pool=value [--name=value ] [--is-default=value ] [--compress=value ] [--auto-trim=value ] [--profile=value ] [--desc=value ] [--sync=value ] [--primarycache=value ] [--secondarycache=value ] [--compression-type=value ] [--repair-policy=value ] [--approve-repair=value ] [--copies=value ] [--key-server-profile=value ] [--key-server-type=value ] [--small-block-threshold=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	is-default	Indicates that this pool should be utilized as the default storage pool.
	compress	Enable Storage Volume compression on the pool, this boosts both read and write performance on most IO loads.
	auto-trim	Enable auto-trim storage pool optimizations.
	profile	Specifies an optional IO optimization profile for the storage pool. Storage pool profiles control elements like read-ahead, queue depth and other device configurable settings.
	desc	A description for the object.
	sync	Synchronization policy to use for handling writes to the storage pool (standard, always, none). standard mode is a hybrid of write-through and write-back caching based on the O_SYNC flag, always mode is write-through to ZIL which could be SSD cache, and disabled indicates to always use async writes. [always, disabled, *standard]
	primarycache	Sets the cache policy for how ARC (RAM) should be used to cache data and metadata. 'all' indicates both data and metadata should be cached while 'metadata' indicates only metadata should be cached. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	secondarycache	Sets the cache policy for how L2ARC (SSD read cache) should be used to cache data and metadata. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	compression-type	off | lzjb | gzip | gzip-[1-9] | zle | lz4 | zstd | zstd-fast)
	repair-policy	assigned-only | assigned-and-global-exact | assigned-only-exact | manual-repair) [*assigned-and-global, assigned-and-global-exact, assigned-only, assigned-only-exact, manual]
	approve-repair	Set flag to approve a pending storage pool repair action that is currently deferred and requires explicit manual approval by an operator/admin to proceed
	copies	Indicates the number of copies of each block should be maintained in the Storage Pool. This is a way of getting duplicates for bit-rot protection on a single device (supported only on ZFS based pools).
	key-server-profile	Identifier for Key Server Profile.
	key-server-type	Type of key server associated with storage pool, used to protect and store encryption keys. [IBM-KeyProtect, *default, kmip]
	small-block-threshold	Indicates the max size of a block of I/O for it to be categorized to be written to the SSD meta-data offload vdev. Recommend setting this to a value between 8K and 32K depending on how much SSD space is available in the mirrored metadata vdev.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-preimport-scan

Returns a list of pools that are available to import but that are not yet discovered.

 qs pool-preimport-scan|ppi-scan [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

pool-profile-get

Gets information about a specific storage pool profile.

 qs pool-profile-get|pp-get --profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	profile	Specifies an optional IO optimization profile for the storage pool. Storage pool profiles control elements like read-ahead, queue depth and other device configurable settings.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

pool-profile-list

Returns a list of all the storage pool profiles.

 qs pool-profile-list|pp-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

pool-rekey

Add a new key to availible LUKS key slot. Creates a back up of valid previously used key and generates key materials for the new key.

 qs pool-rekey|p-rekey --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

pool-remove-read-cache

Removes the specified read cache from the specified pool.

 qs pool-remove-read-cache|p-remove-read-cache --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-remove-spare

Removes the specified hot-spare from the specified pool.

 qs pool-remove-spare|p-remove --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-remove-write-log

Removes the specified write log from the specified pool.

 qs pool-remove-write-log|p-remove-write-log --pool=value --disk-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-scan

Rescans the specified Storage System for storage pools.

 qs pool-scan|p-scan [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-scrub-start

Starts a scrub/verify operation on a ZFS-based Storage Pool (verifies data integrity and auto-corrects any bit-rot). See 'zpool scrub' command for additional control. For example, 'zpoolscrub --cron' will setup an automatic monthly scrub.

 qs pool-scrub-start|p-scrub-start --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-scrub-stop

Stops the an active scrub/verify operation on a ZFS-based Storage Pool.

 qs pool-scrub-stop|p-scrub-stop --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-search

Returns a subset of Storage Pools matching the given search criteria.

 qs pool-search|p-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Storage Pool List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

pool-set-passphrase

Sets or clears the encryption passphrase for an encrypted storage pool.

 qs pool-set-passphrase|p-set-passphrase --pool=value [--current-passphrase=value ] [--new-passphrase=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	current-passphrase	Current encryption passphrase for the storage resource (e.g., pool or network share). If issuing user has the 'Administrator' role and the pool is already started or if the resource is not currently passphrase protected this value can be omitted.
	new-passphrase	New encryption passphrase for storage resource (e.g., pool or network share). (For a pool, omitting this argument will clear the encryption passphrase.)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-start

Starts up a previously stopped storage pool.

 qs pool-start|p-start --pool=value [--passphrase=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	passphrase	If the Storage Pool was created with an encryption passphrase then it must be specified in order to temporarily unlock the keys and start the Storage Pool.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-stop

Stops all volume activity to the pool and disables it for maintenance.

 qs pool-stop|p-stop --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

pool-trim

Starts a trim operation on a ZFS-based Storage Pool. See 'zpool trim' command for additional control.

 qs pool-trim|p-trim --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

QoS Policy Management [QOSPOLICY]

Storage Volume access can be throttled to limit throughput independently for read and write IO in terms of MB/sec via Quality of Serivce (QoS) policies.

qos-policy-create

Creates a new Quality-of-Service (QoS) policy template, which is used to apply throughput performance limits on Storage Volumes.

 qs qos-policy-create|qos-create --name=value --bw-read=value --bw-write=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	bw-read	Sets the maximum read bandwidth (e.g., 100MB) per second as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume, 0 (default) indicates unlimited.
	bw-write	Sets the maximum write bandwidth (e.g., 100MB) per second as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume, 0 (default) indicates unlimited.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

qos-policy-delete

Deletes a given QoS Policy and clears the QoS performance limits on all Storage Volumes associated with the policy.

 qs qos-policy-delete|qos-delete --qos-policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

qos-policy-get

Returns detailed information about a specific QoS policy.

 qs qos-policy-get|qos-get --qos-policy=value [--flags=value ] 

	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

qos-policy-list

Returns details on the list of all QoS policy objects in the Storage System grid.

 qs qos-policy-list|qos-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

qos-policy-modify

Modifies an existing QoS policy with a new name, description, or performance limits. Changes are applied immediately to all volumes.

 qs qos-policy-modify|qos-modify --qos-policy=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--bw-read=value ] [--bw-write=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	bw-read	Sets the maximum read bandwidth (e.g., 100MB) per second as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume, 0 (default) indicates unlimited.
	bw-write	Sets the maximum write bandwidth (e.g., 100MB) per second as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume, 0 (default) indicates unlimited.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

Resource Group Quota Management [QUOTA]

Resource Groups can have quotas associated with them to limit which pools and how much storage can be provisioned from those pools by a given group of users which are members of a Resource Group

provisioning-quota-create

Creates a new storage provisioning quota on a pool for the specified tenant resource cloud.

 qs provisioning-quota-create|pq-create --name=value --pool=value --resource-group=value [--policy=value ] [--desc=value ] [--psize=value ] [--usize=value ] [--max-volumes=value ] [--max-shares=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	policy	Indicates the type of quota to be created. [hard, *soft]
	desc	A description for the object.
	psize	The total thin-provisionable space allowed by this provisioning quota.
	usize	The total utilizable space allowed by this provisioning quota which may be less than the provisionable space.
	max-volumes	The maximum number of volumes that can be created using this quota, specify 0 for no limit.
	max-shares	The maximum number of share that can be created using this quota, specify 0 for no limit.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

provisioning-quota-delete

Deletes a storage provisioning quota, the associated volumes are not deleted.

 qs provisioning-quota-delete|pq-delete --quota=value [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

provisioning-quota-get

Returns information about a specific storage provisioning quota.

 qs provisioning-quota-get|pq-get --quota=value [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

provisioning-quota-list

Returns a list of all the storage provisioning quotas.

 qs provisioning-quota-list|pq-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

provisioning-quota-modify

Modifies one to change the name and/or description of a storage provisioning quota.

 qs provisioning-quota-modify|pq-modify --quota=value --resource-group=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--psize=value ] [--usize=value ] [--max-volumes=value ] [--max-shares=value ] [--policy=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	psize	The total thin-provisionable space allowed by this provisioning quota.
	usize	The total utilizable space allowed by this provisioning quota which may be less than the provisionable space.
	max-volumes	The maximum number of volumes that can be created using this quota, specify 0 for no limit.
	max-shares	The maximum number of share that can be created using this quota, specify 0 for no limit.
	policy	Indicates the type of quota to be created. [hard, *soft]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

provisioning-quota-share-add

Adds one or more shares to the specified provisioning quota.

 qs provisioning-quota-share-add|pqs-add --quota=value --share-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

provisioning-quota-share-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the associated provisioning quotas of a specified share.

 qs provisioning-quota-share-assoc-list|pqs-alist --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

provisioning-quota-share-remove

Removes one or more shares from the specified provisioning quota.

 qs provisioning-quota-share-remove|pqs-remove --quota=value --share-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

provisioning-quota-volume-add

Adds one or more volumes to the specified provisioning quota.

 qs provisioning-quota-volume-add|pqv-add --quota=value --volume-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

provisioning-quota-volume-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the associated provisioning quotas of a specified volume.

 qs provisioning-quota-volume-assoc-list|pqv-alist --volume=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

provisioning-quota-volume-remove

Removes one or more volumes from the specified provisioning quota

 qs provisioning-quota-volume-remove|pqv-remove --quota=value --volume-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	quota	Name or ID of a storage provisioning quota.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Remote Replication Management [REPLICATION]

Remote-replication and associated replication schedules enable automatic replication to a pool of storage in a remote appliance for disaster-recovery (DR) purposes.

replica-assoc-delete

Deletes the specified replication association between a source/target pair of volumes or shares.

 qs replica-assoc-delete|rep-assoc-delete --replica-assoc=value [--flags=value ] 

	replica-assoc	Name or ID of a replica association between a source/target volume or share
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replica-assoc-get

Returns details of the specified replication association.

 qs replica-assoc-get|rep-assoc-get --replica-assoc=value [--flags=value ] 

	replica-assoc	Name or ID of a replica association between a source/target volume or share
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

replica-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the replication associations.

 qs replica-assoc-list|rep-assoc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

replica-assoc-rollback

Reverses the replication to send the changes on the target back to the source volume/share. Requires the --force flag.

 qs replica-assoc-rollback|rep-assoc-rollback --replica-assoc=value [--flags=value ] 

	replica-assoc	Name or ID of a replica association between a source/target volume or share
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replica-assoc-stop

Attempts to stop the replication process between a source/target pair of volumes or shares.

 qs replica-assoc-stop|rep-assoc-stop --replica-assoc=value [--flags=value ] 

	replica-assoc	Name or ID of a replica association between a source/target volume or share
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replica-assoc-sync

Restarts the replication process between a source/target pair of volumes or shares.

 qs replica-assoc-sync|rep-assoc-sync --replica-assoc=value [--flags=value ] 

	replica-assoc	Name or ID of a replica association between a source/target volume or share
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replica-report-entry-get

Get a replication report entry.

 qs replica-report-entry-get|rep-report-get --report-entry=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-entry	Name or ID of the replication report entry
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

replica-report-entry-list

Returns a list of replication report entry.

 qs replica-report-entry-list|rep-report-list [--report-summary=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	report-summary	Name or ID of the replication report summary
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

replica-report-summary-delete

Delete a replication report summary. All the report entries for this summary will be deleted.

 qs replica-report-summary-delete|rep-report-summary-delete --report-summary=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-summary	Name or ID of the replication report summary
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

replica-report-summary-get

Get a replication report summary.

 qs replica-report-summary-get|rep-report-summary-get --report-summary=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-summary	Name or ID of the replication report summary
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

replica-report-summary-list

Returns a list of replication report summary.

 qs replica-report-summary-list|rep-report-summary-list [--schedule=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

replication-schedule-activate-checkpoints

Activates all the Network Shares and Storage Volumes associated with the schedule as 'active replica checkpoints'. This stops the schedule from running and makes it clear to the user (see green dot in WUI and isActiveCheckpoint) that the share/volume is in use by the DR site. Optionally a subset of volumes/shares may be selected to be activated. Note also that SMB/NFS/iSCSI/FC login to a given _chkpnt marked share or volume will automatically transition it to the Active Checkpoint state. This Active Checkpoint state must be cleared for all shares/volumes in a given Replication Schedule before the schedule can resume automatic replication.

 qs replication-schedule-activate-checkpoints|rsch-act-chkpnts --schedule=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--auto-alias=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	auto-alias	Creates Network Share aliases for all of the Network Share checkpoints so that they may be accessed using the name of the source Network Share rather than a share with the _chkpnt suffix.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

replication-schedule-add

Adds one or more volumes/shares to the specified schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-add|rsch-add --schedule=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replication-schedule-create

Creates a new replication schedule to replicate the specified Storage Volumes and shares to the specified target pool on a schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-create|rsch-create --name=value --target-pool=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--desc=value ] [--resource-group=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--interval=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--rc-src-hourly=value ] [--rc-src-dailies=value ] [--rc-src-weeklies=value ] [--rc-src-monthlies=value ] [--rc-src-quarterlies=value ] [--rc-dst-hourly=value ] [--rc-dst-dailies=value ] [--rc-dst-weeklies=value ] [--rc-dst-monthlies=value ] [--rc-dst-quarterlies=value ] [--flags=value ] [--reuse-source-snapshot=value ] [--reuse-target-chkpnt=value ] [--rc-summary-reports=value ] [--include-nested-shares=value ] [--resumable-replication=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	target-pool	Target storage pool on remote system to replicate to.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	desc	A description for the object.
	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replica snapshot checkpoints to retain for this schedule, after which the oldest snapshot is removed before a new one is created.
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	interval	(interval based) Delay interval in minutes between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started. Minimum schedule delay interval is 3 minutes.
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	rc-src-hourly	Source side retention count of hourly snapshots. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-src-dailies	Source side retention count of daily snapshots. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-src-weeklies	Source side retention count of weekly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-src-monthlies	Source side retention count of monthly snapshots. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-src-quarterlies	Source side retention count of quarterly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-dst-hourly	Destination side retention count of hourly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-dst-dailies	Destination side retention count of daily snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	rc-dst-weeklies	Destination side retention count of weekly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	rc-dst-monthlies	Destination side retention count of monthly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	rc-dst-quarterlies	Destination side retention count of quarterly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]
	reuse-source-snapshot	Reuses the most recent source snapshot for replication rather than making a new snapshot. Useful when trying to get multiple target _chkpnts setup with a common snapshot point.
	reuse-target-chkpnt	Reuses a best match existing target _chkpnt rather than creating a new one. This is the default mode but can be forced with this option to repair/recreate a replication association to a remote _chkpnt in cases where the association has been removed.
	rc-summary-reports	Number of replication summary reports to retain.
	include-nested-shares	Include nested shares.
	resumable-replication	Enable resumable replication. Defaults to true.

replication-schedule-deactivate-checkpoints

Deactivates all the Network Shares and Storage Volumes associated with the schedule so that the schedule can resume automatic replication. If there are active sessions to any Volumes/Shares the schedule will not be able to be re-enabled.

 qs replication-schedule-deactivate-checkpoints|rsch-deact-chkpnts --schedule=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--reenable=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	reenable	Re-enables the schedule so that automatic replication can resume.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

replication-schedule-delete

Deletes a replication schedule, snapshots associated with the schedule are not removed.

 qs replication-schedule-delete|rsch-delete --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

replication-schedule-disable

Disables the specified replication schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-disable|rsch-disable --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

replication-schedule-enable

Enables the specified replication schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-enable|rsch-enable --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

replication-schedule-get

Returns information about a specific replication schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-get|rsch-get --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

replication-schedule-list

Returns a list of all the replication schedules.

 qs replication-schedule-list|rsch-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

replication-schedule-modify

Modifies the name, description or other properties of a replication schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-modify|rsch-modify --schedule=value [--name=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--desc=value ] [--resource-group=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--interval=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--rc-src-hourly=value ] [--rc-src-dailies=value ] [--rc-src-weeklies=value ] [--rc-src-monthlies=value ] [--rc-src-quarterlies=value ] [--rc-dst-hourly=value ] [--rc-dst-dailies=value ] [--rc-dst-weeklies=value ] [--rc-dst-monthlies=value ] [--rc-dst-quarterlies=value ] [--flags=value ] [--reuse-source-snapshot=value ] [--reuse-target-chkpnt=value ] [--rc-summary-reports=value ] [--include-nested-shares=value ] [--resumable-replication=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	desc	A description for the object.
	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replica snapshot checkpoints to retain for this schedule, after which the oldest snapshot is removed before a new one is created.
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	interval	(interval based) Delay interval in minutes between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started. Minimum schedule delay interval is 3 minutes.
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	rc-src-hourly	Source side retention count of hourly snapshots. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-src-dailies	Source side retention count of daily snapshots. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-src-weeklies	Source side retention count of weekly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-src-monthlies	Source side retention count of monthly snapshots. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-src-quarterlies	Source side retention count of quarterly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-dst-hourly	Destination side retention count of hourly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-dst-dailies	Destination side retention count of daily snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	rc-dst-weeklies	Destination side retention count of weekly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	rc-dst-monthlies	Destination side retention count of monthly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	rc-dst-quarterlies	Destination side retention count of quarterly snapshots of checkpoints. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots of checkpoints.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]
	reuse-source-snapshot	Reuses the most recent source snapshot for replication rather than making a new snapshot. Useful when trying to get multiple target _chkpnts setup with a common snapshot point.
	reuse-target-chkpnt	Reuses a best match existing target _chkpnt rather than creating a new one. This is the default mode but can be forced with this option to repair/recreate a replication association to a remote _chkpnt in cases where the association has been removed.
	rc-summary-reports	Number of replication summary reports to retain.
	include-nested-shares	Include nested shares.
	resumable-replication	Enable resumable replication. Defaults to true.

replication-schedule-remove

Removes one or more volumes/shares from the specified schedule.

 qs replication-schedule-remove|rsch-remove --schedule=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replication-schedule-trigger

Triggers the specified schedule to run immediately.

 qs replication-schedule-trigger|rsch-trigger --schedule=value [--reuse-source-snapshot=value ] [--reuse-target-chkpnt=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	reuse-source-snapshot	Reuses the most recent source snapshot for replication rather than making a new snapshot. Useful when trying to get multiple target _chkpnts setup with a common snapshot point.
	reuse-target-chkpnt	Reuses a best match existing target _chkpnt rather than creating a new one. This is the default mode but can be forced with this option to repair/recreate a replication association to a remote _chkpnt in cases where the association has been removed.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

Report Schedule Management [REPORT-SCHEDULE]

Operations for sending automatic email reports on a schedule.

report-schedule-add-pool

Adds pools to the Report Schedule for usage and capacity reports.

 qs report-schedule-add-pool|rs-add-pool --report-schedule=value --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-assoc-get

Gets detailed information on a specific Report Schedule Association

 qs report-schedule-assoc-get|rs-assoc-get --report-schedule=value --pool=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

report-schedule-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the Report Schedule associations to Pools

 qs report-schedule-assoc-list|rs-assoc-list --report-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-create

Creates a new Report Schedule

 qs report-schedule-create|rs-create --name=value [--description=value ] [--report-email=value ] [--report-to-alert-emails=value ] [--report-types=value ] [--output-format=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--interval-days=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--max-depth=value ] [--max-subdirs=value ] [--min-used=value ] [--pool-list=value ] [--max-buckets=value ] [--max-users=value ] [--min-user-space-utilized=value ] [--min-bucket-space-utilized=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	report-email	Email address to send the report to.
	report-to-alert-emails	Sends the report to the users and email addresses already configured to receive system alerts.
	report-types	Types of reports to generate and send when the schedule runs. [capacity, health, *none, objectusage, replication, usage]
	output-format	Output format of the data to be written [csv, html, *text]
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	interval-days	Delay interval in days between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started.
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	max-depth	If greater than zero shows usage of subshares up to N sub-directories deep. (default: 1)
	max-subdirs	Shows the usage of the largest subdirectories up to the specified max number of subdirectories per share. (default: 10)
	min-used	Skips subdirectories that have less used space than the specified minimum. (default: 1MB)
	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	max-buckets	Maximum buckets to be included in the report for each tenant
	max-users	Maximum users to be included in report for each tenant.
	min-user-space-utilized	Minimum space utilized by a user to be included in the report.
	min-bucket-space-utilized	Minimum utilized space of the bucket to be included in the report.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

report-schedule-delete

Deletes the specified Report Schedule

 qs report-schedule-delete|rs-delete --report-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-disable

Disables the specified Report Schedule

 qs report-schedule-disable|rs-disable --report-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-enable

Enables the specified Report Schedule

 qs report-schedule-enable|rs-enable --report-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-get

Returns details of a specific Report Schedule

 qs report-schedule-get|rs-get --report-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

report-schedule-list

Returns a list of all the Report Schedules

 qs report-schedule-list|rs-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-modify

Modifies the specified Report Schedule

 qs report-schedule-modify|rs-modify --report-schedule=value [--name=value ] [--description=value ] [--report-email=value ] [--report-to-alert-emails=value ] [--report-types=value ] [--output-format=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--interval-days=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--max-depth=value ] [--max-subdirs=value ] [--min-used=value ] [--max-buckets=value ] [--max-users=value ] [--min-user-space-utilized=value ] [--min-bucket-space-utilized=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	report-email	Email address to send the report to.
	report-to-alert-emails	Sends the report to the users and email addresses already configured to receive system alerts.
	report-types	Types of reports to generate and send when the schedule runs. [capacity, health, *none, objectusage, replication, usage]
	output-format	Output format of the data to be written [csv, html, *text]
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	interval-days	Delay interval in days between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started.
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	max-depth	If greater than zero shows usage of subshares up to N sub-directories deep. (default: 1)
	max-subdirs	Shows the usage of the largest subdirectories up to the specified max number of subdirectories per share. (default: 10)
	min-used	Skips subdirectories that have less used space than the specified minimum. (default: 1MB)
	max-buckets	Maximum buckets to be included in the report for each tenant
	max-users	Maximum users to be included in report for each tenant.
	min-user-space-utilized	Minimum space utilized by a user to be included in the report.
	min-bucket-space-utilized	Minimum utilized space of the bucket to be included in the report.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-remove-pool

Removes pools from the Report Schedule for usage and capacity reports.

 qs report-schedule-remove-pool|rs-remove-pool --report-schedule=value --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	pool-list	List of one or more storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

report-schedule-trigger

Triggers the specified Report Schedule to immediately send a report.

 qs report-schedule-trigger|rs-trigger --report-schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	report-schedule	Report Schedules send out periodic reports on a set schedule for simplified monitoring of overall grid health, capacity usage, and other system metrics.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

system-report

Generate a configuration analysis health report of all Storage Systems in the grid.

 qs system-report|sys-report [--report-type=value ] [--config-category=value ] [--output-format=value ] [--report-email=value ] [--report-to-alert-emails=value ] [--max-depth=value ] [--max-subdirs=value ] [--min-used=value ] [--max-buckets=value ] [--max-users=value ] [--min-user-space-utilized=value ] [--min-bucket-space-utilized=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	report-type	Type of report to generate. [capacity, health, *none, objectusage, replication, usage]
	config-category	Category of commands to get help with (all, network, HA, remote-replication, ceph, zfs, cephfs, HA-cluster, grid, security, general, hw-maint). [*ALL, HA, hw-maint, network, platform, remote-replication, security]
	output-format	Output format of the data to be written [csv, html, *text]
	report-email	Email address to send the report to.
	report-to-alert-emails	Sends the report to the users and email addresses already configured to receive system alerts.
	max-depth	If greater than zero shows usage of subshares up to N sub-directories deep. (default: 1)
	max-subdirs	Shows the usage of the largest subdirectories up to the specified max number of subdirectories per share. (default: 10)
	min-used	Skips subdirectories that have less used space than the specified minimum. (default: 1MB)
	max-buckets	Maximum buckets to be included in the report for each tenant
	max-users	Maximum users to be included in report for each tenant.
	min-user-space-utilized	Minimum space utilized by a user to be included in the report.
	min-bucket-space-utilized	Minimum utilized space of the bucket to be included in the report.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Resource Domain Management [RESOURCE-DOMAIN]

Resource Domains group appliances by site, building, and rack so that scale-out data distribution technologies (Ceph CRUSH) can be automatically configured.

resource-domain-add-system

Adds one or more systems to a resource domain (site, rack, etc).

 qs resource-domain-add-system|rd-add-sys --domain-resource=value --system-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	domain-resource	ID or name of a domain resource.
	system-list	List of one or more systems to be associated with a resource domain.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-domain-assoc-get

Returns information about a system/appliance association with a specific domain (rack, building, site).

 qs resource-domain-assoc-get|rda-get [--system-resource=value ] [--resource-domain-assoc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-resource	Storage system to be associated to a resource domain (site, rack, building) for use in automatic CRUSH map generation.
	resource-domain-assoc	Resource domain association between a system and a resource domain (site, rack, building) for use in automatic CRUSH map generation.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

resource-domain-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the defined resource domain association objects which represent links between appliances to sites, buildings, and racks.

 qs resource-domain-assoc-list|rda-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

resource-domain-create

Creates a new resource domain which identifies a site, building or rack of equipment.

 qs resource-domain-create|rd-create --name=value [--desc=value ] [--resource-domain-type=value ] [--resource-parent=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	resource-domain-type	Type of the domain resource which can be a site, building, rack, or server. [appliance, building, *rack, region, site]
	resource-parent	Parent domain resource name or ID. For example a rack resource can have a parent resource of type site or building.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

resource-domain-delete

Deletes the specified resource domain.

 qs resource-domain-delete|rd-delete --domain-resource=value [--flags=value ] 

	domain-resource	ID or name of a domain resource.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

resource-domain-get

Resource failure domains identify physical equipment, sites, racks so that data can be dispersed in such a way as to ensure fault-tolerance and high availability across sites and racks.

 qs resource-domain-get|rd-get --domain-resource=value [--flags=value ] 

	domain-resource	ID or name of a domain resource.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

resource-domain-list

Returns a list of all the defined resource domain objects which can include sites, buildings, racks, and servers.

 qs resource-domain-list|rd-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

resource-domain-modify

Modifies an existing resource domain to change properties like name and description.

 qs resource-domain-modify|rd-modify --domain-resource=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--resource-domain-type=value ] [--resource-parent=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	domain-resource	ID or name of a domain resource.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	resource-domain-type	Type of the domain resource which can be a site, building, rack, or server. [appliance, building, *rack, region, site]
	resource-parent	Parent domain resource name or ID. For example a rack resource can have a parent resource of type site or building.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

resource-domain-rm-system

Removes one or more systems from a resource domain (site, rack, etc)

 qs resource-domain-rm-system|rd-rm-sys --domain-resource=value --system-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	domain-resource	ID or name of a domain resource.
	system-list	List of one or more systems to be associated with a resource domain.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Multitenant Resource Group Management [RESOURCE-GROUP]

Resource Groups combine volumes, shares, and pools of storage together and so that they can be assigned to one more users (tenants). This facilitates multi-tenancy and delegation of common tasks like storage provisioning to end-users.

resource-group-create

Creates a new tenant resource group comprised of the specified users, resources and chap information.

 qs resource-group-create|rg-create --name=value --network-list=value [--desc=value ] [--subject-list=value ] [--resource-list=value ] [--parent-cloud=value ] [--tier=value ] [--organization=value ] [--chap-user=value ] [--chap-pass=value ] [--scope=value ] [--scope-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	subject-list	A list subjects in the following format name:type. Ex: userName:user,groupName:user_group...
	resource-list	A list resources in the following format name:type. Ex: vol:volume,hostname:host...
	network-list	A list of network access points in either network mask (e.g. 192.168.0.0/16) or vlanId (integer value 1-4049) form, in a comma delimited list.
	parent-cloud	The name or unique id of a tenant resource cloud.
	tier	The tier of the storage cloud.
	organization	The name of the organization this tenant resource cloud is assigned to.
	chap-user	An optional iSCSI CHAP username.
	chap-pass	An optional iSCSI CHAP password.
	scope	Scope for the Resource Group
	scope-type	Scope type for the Resource Group [Ceph, HA, *local]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-delete

Deletes a tenant's resource group, the resources and users will not be deleted.

 qs resource-group-delete|rg-delete --resource-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

resource-group-get

Returns information of the specified tenant resource groups.

 qs resource-group-get|rg-get --resource-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

resource-group-list

Returns a list of all the tenant resource groups.

 qs resource-group-list|rg-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

resource-group-modify

Modifies the name, description, parent resource group, tier, organization, and chap information of a resource group.

 qs resource-group-modify|rg-modify --resource-group=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--parent-cloud=value ] [--tier=value ] [--organization=value ] [--chap-user=value ] [--chap-pass=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	parent-cloud	The name or unique id of a tenant resource cloud.
	tier	The tier of the storage cloud.
	organization	The name of the organization this tenant resource cloud is assigned to.
	chap-user	An optional iSCSI CHAP username.
	chap-pass	An optional iSCSI CHAP password.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-network-add

Add one or more network access points to the specified tenant resource group

 qs resource-group-network-add|rg-net-add --resource-group=value --network-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	network-list	A list of network access points in either network mask (e.g. 192.168.0.0/16) or vlanId (integer value 1-4049) form, in a comma delimited list.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-network-enum

Returns list of all resource group network access bindings.

 qs resource-group-network-enum|rg-net-enum [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-network-get

Returns specified resource group network access binding.

 qs resource-group-network-get|rg-net-get --resource-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-network-remove

Remove one or more network access points from the specified tenant resource group

 qs resource-group-network-remove|rg-net-remove --resource-group=value --network-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	network-list	A list of network access points in either network mask (e.g. 192.168.0.0/16) or vlanId (integer value 1-4049) form, in a comma delimited list.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-resource-add

Add one or more resources to the specified tenant resource group.

 qs resource-group-resource-add|rg-res-add --resource-group=value --resource-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	resource-list	A list resources in the following format name:type. Ex: vol:volume,hostname:host...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-resource-mode

Set the mode of a specified resource in the tenant resource group.

 qs resource-group-resource-mode|rg-res-mode --resource-group=value --resource=value --access-mode=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	resource	The unique id of a volume or volume group or share or host or host group.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-resource-remove

Remove one or more resource from the specified tenant resource group.

 qs resource-group-resource-remove|rg-res-remove --resource-group=value --resource-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	resource-list	A list resources in the following format name:type. Ex: vol:volume,hostname:host...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-subject-assoc-list

Returns a list of associated tenant resource groups to the specified subject (user or user group).

 qs resource-group-subject-assoc-list|rg-user-list --subject=value [--flags=value ] 

	subject	The unique id of a user or user group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

resource-group-user-add

Add one or more users to the specified tenant resource group.

 qs resource-group-user-add|rg-user-add --resource-group=value --subject-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	subject-list	A list subjects in the following format name:type. Ex: userName:user,groupName:user_group...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

resource-group-user-remove

Remove one or more users from specified tenant resource group.

 qs resource-group-user-remove|rg-user-remove --resource-group=value --subject-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	subject-list	A list subjects in the following format name:type. Ex: userName:user,groupName:user_group...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

RBAC Role Management [ROLE]

Advanced Role Based Access Controls (RBAC) allow for the creation of custom roles that limit users to specific tasks and operations within a grid or Resource Group (collection of volumes, shares, and pools).

login-precheck

Returns basic service startup information usable before attempting login or commands.

 qs login-precheck|lpc [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

password-policy-get

Returns details of the current user password policy settings for the storage grid / appliances.

 qs password-policy-get|pw-policy-get [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

password-policy-set

Configures the password policy requirements for user accounts.

 qs password-policy-set|pw-policy-set [--special-chars=value ] [--complexity=value ] [--min-length=value ] [--max-length=value ] [--login-attempts-short-lockout=value ] [--login-attempts-perm-lockout=value ] [--short-lockout-sample-sec=value ] [--perm-lockout-sample-sec=value ] [--short-lockout-duration=value ] [--days-until-exp=value ] [--unique-pw-reuse=value ] [--min-days-between-change=value ] [--inactive-days-lockout=value ] [--web-logout-timeout=value ] [--use-note=value ] [--web-access=value ] [--default-login-username=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	special-chars	Special characters which are allowed to be used in a password.
	complexity	Password complexity requirement where 'strong' requires a mix of numbers, letters, and special characters. [standard, strong, *weak]
	min-length	Minimum password length (default 8)
	max-length	Maximum password length (default 40)
	login-attempts-short-lockout	Maximum password attempts before account is locked out for a short period. (default 5)
	login-attempts-perm-lockout	Maximum password attempts before account is locked out and must be unlocked by an administrator. (default 0/disabled)
	short-lockout-sample-sec	Continuous sample period (in seconds) over which bad login attempts are summed to determine if a short lockout to a User account should be applied.
	perm-lockout-sample-sec	Continuous sample period (in seconds) over which bad login attempts are summed to determine if a permanent lockout to a User account should be applied.
	short-lockout-duration	Duration of the short lockout due to bad login attempts.
	days-until-exp	Days until a user's password expires and must be changed. (default 0/disabled)
	unique-pw-reuse	Number of unique passwords that must be used before it can be reused.
	min-days-between-change	Minimum number of days before a password may be changed again.
	inactive-days-lockout	After N many days without a successful login for a given account this policy will automatically lock the user account unless it is the admin account (default 0/disabled).
	web-logout-timeout	After N many minutes of no activity in the web interface users will be logged out automatically. (default 30 minutes)
	use-note	System use notification message is an administrator supplied message that is presented to the user immediately after login. System use notification messages are required in some corporate and government environments to meet compliance standards.
	web-access	Unsecure HTTP access mode should be disabled or redirected to HTTPS in almost all configurations. [disable-http, *enable-http, redirect-http]
	default-login-username	Default login username presented when logging in via the web management interface.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

role-add

Adds a new role to the role based access control (RBAC) system.

 qs role-add|r-add --name=value [--desc=value ] [--permissions=value ] [--ldap-group=value ] [--disable-wui-tabs=value ] [--disable-wui-sections=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	permissions	List of permissions and/or permission groups to add to the specified role. Must be of the form 'object:operation:scope'.
	ldap-group	LDAP group name associated with the role.
	disable-wui-tabs	Disables specified tabs in the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [cloud-containers, cluster-resource-mgmt, multitenancy, *none, remote-replication, scaleout-nas-mgmt, scaleout-object-mgmt, users-groups]
	disable-wui-sections	Disables specified expandable sections in the left-hand side of the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [hardware, hosts, network-shares, *none, physical-disks, snapshot-schedules, storage-pools, storage-volumes]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

role-get

Gets information about the specified role.

 qs role-get|r-get --role=value [--export=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	export	Export the role in XML format for use in the security definition file.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

role-list

Returns a list of all the defined roles the RBAC system.

 qs role-list|r-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

role-modify

Modifies the name and/or description of a role

 qs role-modify|r-modify --role=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--ldap-group=value ] [--disable-wui-tabs=value ] [--disable-wui-sections=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	ldap-group	LDAP group name associated with the role.
	disable-wui-tabs	Disables specified tabs in the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [cloud-containers, cluster-resource-mgmt, multitenancy, *none, remote-replication, scaleout-nas-mgmt, scaleout-object-mgmt, users-groups]
	disable-wui-sections	Disables specified expandable sections in the left-hand side of the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [hardware, hosts, network-shares, *none, physical-disks, snapshot-schedules, storage-pools, storage-volumes]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

role-permission-add

Adds additional permissions and/or permission groups to the specified role.

 qs role-permission-add|rp-add --role=value --permissions=value [--flags=value ] 

	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	permissions	List of permissions and/or permission groups to add to the specified role. Must be of the form 'object:operation:scope'.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

role-permission-def-list

Returns a list of all the defined permissions available to be assigned to roles in the RBAC system.

 qs role-permission-def-list|rpd-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

role-permission-remove

Removes one or more permissions and/or permission groups from the specified role.

 qs role-permission-remove|rp-remove --role=value --permissions=value [--flags=value ] 

	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	permissions	List of permissions and/or permission groups to add to the specified role. Must be of the form 'object:operation:scope'.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

role-remove

Removes the specified role identified by name or ID

 qs role-remove|r-remove --role=value [--flags=value ] 

	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

single-sign-on-policy-get

Gets the Single Sign-on Policy

 qs single-sign-on-policy-get|sso-policy-get [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

single-sign-on-policy-set

Sets the Single Sign-on Policy

 qs single-sign-on-policy-set|sso-policy-set --enable-single-sign-on=value [--ldap-server-fqdn=value ] [--ldap-server-base-dn=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	enable-single-sign-on	Enable Single Sign-on
	ldap-server-fqdn	Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the LDAP server. Example ldapserver.example.com
	ldap-server-base-dn	LDAP server base DN for users. Example dc=ldapserver,dc=example,dc=com
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Commands for S3 object storage setup and S3 user management. [S3]

s3-object-pool-group-create

Creates a new S3 Object Storage Pool Group/Zone within the specified Ceph Cluster to enable S3 Object Storage capabilities.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-create|zone-create [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--desc=value ] [--object-store-zone=value ] [--object-store-zone-group=value ] [--pool-type=value ] [--min-replicas=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--k=value ] [--m=value ] [--ec-pool-profile=value ] [--scaling-factor=value ] [--auto-config-nfs=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	desc	A description for the object.
	object-store-zone	Ceph object storage zone. (Default: 'default')
	object-store-zone-group	Ceph object storage zone group. (Default: 'default')
	pool-type	Type of storage layout for the data pool which can be 'replicated' or 'erasure'. Erasure coding is more space efficent and is recommended for both scale-out file and object storage pools.
	min-replicas	Minimum number of replicas to have of each block while still allowing write access to the Ceph pool.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replicas (redundancy level) to be created of each block in the Ceph pool.
	k	Data chunk (k) count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	m	Check-sum (m) chunk count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	ec-pool-profile	Custom Ceph Pool profile name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	scaling-factor	Scaling factor to adjust the number of placement groups (PGs) for the underlying pool(s). For Ceph Clusters with a single use case (eg S3/RGW or SAN/RBD or NAS/CephFS) use 100, but for multiple use cases set this to the percentage proportion of the cluster's capacity that will be used by the pool being created.
	auto-config-nfs	Auto configure NFS services for scale-out storage.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-object-pool-group-create-storage-class

Creates a data pool for a Storage Class in the given Object Pool Group.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-create-storage-class|zone-create-storage-class --ceph-object-pool-group=value --storage-class-name=value [--scaling-factor=value ] [--max-replicas=value ] [--min-replicas=value ] [--pool-type=value ] [--k=value ] [--m=value ] [--ec-pool-profile=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--custom-storage-class-name=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-pool-group	Ceph object storage pool group.
	storage-class-name	storage-class-name
	scaling-factor	Scaling factor to adjust the number of placement groups (PGs) for the underlying pool(s). For Ceph Clusters with a single use case (eg S3/RGW or SAN/RBD or NAS/CephFS) use 100, but for multiple use cases set this to the percentage proportion of the cluster's capacity that will be used by the pool being created.
	max-replicas	Maximum number of replicas (redundancy level) to be created of each block in the Ceph pool.
	min-replicas	Minimum number of replicas to have of each block while still allowing write access to the Ceph pool.
	pool-type	Type of storage layout for the data pool which can be 'replicated' or 'erasure'. Erasure coding is more space efficent and is recommended for both scale-out file and object storage pools.
	k	Data chunk (k) count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	m	Check-sum (m) chunk count for erasure coded Ceph Pool.
	ec-pool-profile	Custom Ceph Pool profile name (unique within a Ceph Cluster) for block or object store.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	custom-storage-class-name	REDUCED_REDUNDANCY | STANDARD_IA | ONEZONE_IA | INTELLIGENT_TIERING | GLACIER | DEEP_ARCHIVE | OUTPOSTS | GLACIER_IR | SNOW | EXPRESS_ONEZONE ]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-pool-group-delete

Deletes the specified object pool group, WARNING all associated objects in the pool group will be destroyed.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-delete|zone-delete --ceph-object-pool-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-pool-group	Ceph object storage pool group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-object-pool-group-get

Returns information about a specific object storage pool group used to store S3 object data.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-get|zone-get --ceph-object-pool-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-pool-group	Ceph object storage pool group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-object-pool-group-list

Returns a list of all the object storage pool groups.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-list|zone-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-pool-group-modify

Modifies the settings for the object pool group.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-modify|zone-modify --ceph-object-pool-group=value [--desc=value ] [--object-store-zone=value ] [--object-store-zone-group=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-pool-group	Ceph object storage pool group.
	desc	A description for the object.
	object-store-zone	Ceph object storage zone. (Default: 'default')
	object-store-zone-group	Ceph object storage zone group. (Default: 'default')
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-object-pool-group-multi-site-setup

Setup multi site S3 Object Zone

 qs s3-object-pool-group-multi-site-setup|zone-multi-site-setup --primary-object-pool-group=value --secondary-object-pool-group=value --primary-rados-gateway=value --secondary-rados-gateway=value [--flags=value ] 

	primary-object-pool-group	Primary Object Storage Pool for Multi Site Setup
	secondary-object-pool-group	Secondary Object Storage Pool Group for Multi Site Setup
	primary-rados-gateway	Primary Rados Gateway for Multi Site Setup
	secondary-rados-gateway	Secondary Rados Gateway for Multi Site Setup
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-object-pool-group-multi-site-unconfigure

Remove pool group from a multi site setup.

 qs s3-object-pool-group-multi-site-unconfigure|zone-multi-site-unconfigure --ceph-object-pool-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-pool-group	Ceph object storage pool group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-object-storage-class-get

Returns information about a specific object storage class used to store S3 object data.

 qs s3-object-storage-class-get|osc-get --storage-class=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-class	Ceph object storage-classes enable tagging of S3 objects to specific Ceph Pool(s).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-object-storage-class-list

Returns a list of all the object storage class.

 qs s3-object-storage-class-list|osc-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-storage-class-rule-add

Adds Storage Class rules for dynamically auto-tiering S3 objects.

 qs s3-object-storage-class-rule-add|oscr-add --rule-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	rule-list	List of Storage Class auto-tiering rules "STORAGECLASS;PATTERN;OPERATOR;CAPACITY" using comma ',' delimiter between rules.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-storage-class-rule-get

Returns information about a specific object storage class rules used to store S3 object data in a specific Ceph Pool.

 qs s3-object-storage-class-rule-get|oscr-get --storage-class-rule=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-class-rule	Ceph object storage-class rules enables automatic tagging of objects to specific storage classes based on size and name match pattern.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-object-storage-class-rule-list

Returns a list of all the object storage class rules.

 qs s3-object-storage-class-rule-list|oscr-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-storage-class-rule-remove

Removes specified Storage Class rules for dynamically auto-tiering S3 objects.

 qs s3-object-storage-class-rule-remove|oscr-remove --rule-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	rule-list	List of Storage Class auto-tiering rules "STORAGECLASS;PATTERN;OPERATOR;CAPACITY" using comma ',' delimiter between rules.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-zone-get

Returns information about a specific object zone used to store S3 object data.

 qs s3-object-zone-get|s3-zone-get --ceph-object-zone=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-zone	Ceph object zone.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-object-zone-group-get

Returns information about a specific object zone group used to store S3 object data.

 qs s3-object-zone-group-get|zone-group-get --ceph-object-zone-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-object-zone-group	Ceph object zone group.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-object-zone-group-list

Returns a list of all the object zone groups.

 qs s3-object-zone-group-list|zone-group-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-object-zone-group-modify

Set configuration values for a specific object zone group used to store S3 object data.

 qs s3-object-zone-group-modify|zone-group-modify --ceph-object-zone-group=value --hostname-list=value [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	ceph-object-zone-group	Ceph object zone group.
	hostname-list	A comma delimited list of hostnames, may include any alpha-numeric and hyphen '-' characters per IETF format requirements.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-object-zone-list

Returns a list of all the object zone.

 qs s3-object-zone-list|s3-zone-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-tenant-create

Creates a new tenant entry that can then be used to create S3 users under this tenant namespace.

 qs s3-tenant-create|s3t-create --name=value [--display-name=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--description=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	display-name	Display name for the user.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-tenant-delete

Deletes the specified S3 tenant.

 qs s3-tenant-delete|s3t-delete --tenant=value [--flags=value ] 

	tenant	Object Storage (Ceph RGW based) users can be grouped into tenant accounts to securely separate object storage bucket visibility and to facilitate charge-back accounting.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-tenant-get

Gets information about the specified tenant.

 qs s3-tenant-get|s3t-get --tenant=value [--flags=value ] 

	tenant	Object Storage (Ceph RGW based) users can be grouped into tenant accounts to securely separate object storage bucket visibility and to facilitate charge-back accounting.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-tenant-list

Lists all the S3 tenants in the grid.

 qs s3-tenant-list|s3t-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-user-accesskey-add

Adds a new S3 User Access Key to an existing S3 User in a Ceph Cluster.

 qs s3-user-accesskey-add|s3k-add --s3-user=value [--s3-access-key=value ] [--s3-secret-key=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	s3-access-key	The access key value of an S3 User Access Key.
	s3-secret-key	The secret key value of an S3 User Access Key.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-accesskey-get

Returns information about the specified S3 User Access Key.

 qs s3-user-accesskey-get|s3k-get --s3-user-access-key=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user-access-key	The name, UUID or access-key value used to identify a S3 User Access Key object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-user-accesskey-list

Returns a list of all the S3 User Access Keys.

 qs s3-user-accesskey-list|s3k-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-user-accesskey-modify

Modifies the secret key of an existing S3 User Access Key.

 qs s3-user-accesskey-modify|s3k-modify --s3-user=value --s3-user-access-key=value [--s3-secret-key=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	s3-user-access-key	The name, UUID or access-key value used to identify a S3 User Access Key object.
	s3-secret-key	The new secret key for the existing S3 User Access Key.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-accesskey-remove

Removes the S3 User Access Key from the existing S3 User in a Ceph Cluster.

 qs s3-user-accesskey-remove|s3k-remove --s3-user=value --s3-user-access-key=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	s3-user-access-key	The name, UUID or access-key value used to identify a S3 User Access Key object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-create

Creates a new S3 User to allow S3 protocol access to the S3 Object Storage Group/Zone.

 qs s3-user-create|s3u-create --name=value [--display-name=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--tenant=value ] [--email=value ] [--s3-access-key=value ] [--s3-secret-key=value ] [--access-permission=value ] [--user=value ] [--max-objects-enable=value ] [--max-objects=value ] [--max-size-enable=value ] [--bucket-quota-max-size=value ] [--max-user-objects-enable=value ] [--max-user-objects=value ] [--max-user-size-enable=value ] [--max-user-size=value ] [--max-buckets=value ] [--count=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	display-name	Display name for the user.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	tenant	Object Storage (Ceph RGW based) users can be grouped into tenant accounts to securely separate object storage bucket visibility and to facilitate charge-back accounting.
	email	An email address of the form 'user@example.com' without the quotes.
	s3-access-key	The access key value of an S3 User Access Key.
	s3-secret-key	The secret key value of an S3 User Access Key.
	access-permission	Ceph object storage permission (rwx, rw-, ---) [*all, delete, read, write]
	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	max-objects-enable	Enable maximum object limits per bucket.
	max-objects	Maximum object count per bucket.
	max-size-enable	Enable maximum bucket size limits.
	bucket-quota-max-size	Maximum amount of data for a given bucket.
	max-user-objects-enable	Enable maximum object count limits per user.
	max-user-objects	Maximum aggregate number objects that a given user can create.
	max-user-size-enable	Enable maximum aggregate capacity/size limits for a given user.
	max-user-size	Maximum aggregate capacity limit for a given user or user(s).
	max-buckets	Maximum buckets a user can have / create.
	count	The number of volumes to create, default is 1.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-delete

Deletes the specified S3 User.

 qs s3-user-delete|s3u-delete --ceph-cluster=value --s3-user-list=value [--delete-data=value ] [--key-delete=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	s3-user-list	Comma delimited list of the Names or IDs of S3 Users.
	delete-data	Flag to specify deletion of user data along with this operation. (Default : false)
	key-delete	Flag to specify deletion of user security keys along with this operation. (Default : false)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-disable

Disable a previously active/enabled S3 User.

 qs s3-user-disable|s3u-disable --s3-user=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-enable

Enable a previously suspended S3 User.

 qs s3-user-enable|s3u-enable --s3-user=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3-user-get

Returns information about a specific object storage S3 User.

 qs s3-user-get|s3u-get --s3-user=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3-user-list

Returns a list of all the Ceph Object storage S3 Users and their associated S3 User Access Keys

 qs s3-user-list|s3u-list [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3-user-modify

Modifies the name and permissions for a specified S3 User object.

 qs s3-user-modify|s3u-modify --ceph-cluster=value --s3-user=value [--display-name=value ] [--email=value ] [--user=value ] [--max-objects-enable=value ] [--max-objects=value ] [--max-size-enable=value ] [--bucket-quota-max-size=value ] [--max-user-objects-enable=value ] [--max-user-objects=value ] [--max-user-size-enable=value ] [--max-user-size=value ] [--max-buckets=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	s3-user	Ceph object storage S3 User.
	display-name	Display name for the user.
	email	An email address of the form 'user@example.com' without the quotes.
	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	max-objects-enable	Enable maximum object limits per bucket.
	max-objects	Maximum object count per bucket.
	max-size-enable	Enable maximum bucket size limits.
	bucket-quota-max-size	Maximum amount of data for a given bucket.
	max-user-objects-enable	Enable maximum object count limits per user.
	max-user-objects	Maximum aggregate number objects that a given user can create.
	max-user-size-enable	Enable maximum aggregate capacity/size limits for a given user.
	max-user-size	Maximum aggregate capacity limit for a given user or user(s).
	max-buckets	Maximum buckets a user can have / create.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

S3 Reverse Proxy Management [S3PROXY]

Commands for managing S3 reverse proxies.

s3proxy-create

Creates a new S3 Reverse Proxy configuration on the specified system.

 qs s3proxy-create|s3p-create --name=value --proxy-server-fqdn=value --proxy-endpoint-fqdn=value [--storage-system=value ] [--sslcert-file=value ] [--sslkey-file=value ] [--port-numbers=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	proxy-server-fqdn	Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the hostname by which the proxy will be identified and routed to/from the endpoint.
	proxy-endpoint-fqdn	Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the end-point the proxy will route to, this is typically a cloud service provider S3 region endpoint.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	sslcert-file	Path to a file which contains the SSL Certificate to the read and passed to the server.
	sslkey-file	Path to a file which contains the SSL Certificate Key to be read and passed to the server.
	port-numbers	List of port numbers to be associated with the proxy.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3proxy-delete

Deletes the specified S3 Reverse Proxy configuration.

 qs s3proxy-delete|s3p-delete --s3proxy=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3proxy	Name or ID of an S3 Reverse Proxy configuration.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

s3proxy-get

Returns information about a specific S3 Reverse Proxy configuration.

 qs s3proxy-get|s3p-get --s3proxy=value [--flags=value ] 

	s3proxy	Name or ID of an S3 Reverse Proxy configuration.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

s3proxy-list

Returns a list of all the configured S3 Reverse Proxies in the system/grid.

 qs s3proxy-list|s3p-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

s3proxy-modify

Modifies the settings/properties of an S3 Reverse Proxy configuration.

 qs s3proxy-modify|s3p-modify --s3proxy=value [--name=value ] [--proxy-server-fqdn=value ] [--proxy-endpoint-fqdn=value ] [--sslcert-file=value ] [--sslkey-file=value ] [--port-numbers=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	s3proxy	Name or ID of an S3 Reverse Proxy configuration.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	proxy-server-fqdn	Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the hostname by which the proxy will be identified and routed to/from the endpoint.
	proxy-endpoint-fqdn	Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the end-point the proxy will route to, this is typically a cloud service provider S3 region endpoint.
	sslcert-file	Path to a file which contains the SSL Certificate to the read and passed to the server.
	sslkey-file	Path to a file which contains the SSL Certificate Key to be read and passed to the server.
	port-numbers	List of port numbers to be associated with the proxy.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Snapshot Schedule Management [SCHEDULE]

Snapshot schedules make automatic instant point-in-time snapshots of Storage Volumes and/or Network Shares on a schedule. It is highly recommended that snapshot schedule(s) be created for all mission critical volumes and shares so that data and files can be easily recovered from a previous point in time.

snap-schedule-add

Adds one or more volumes/shares to the specified schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-add|sch-add --schedule=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

snap-schedule-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the volume/share associations for a given snapshot schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-assoc-list|scha-list --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

snap-schedule-create

Creates a new snapshot schedule comprised of the specified Storage Volumes.

 qs snap-schedule-create|sch-create --name=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--desc=value ] [--resource-group=value ] [--max-snaps=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--interval=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--rc-hourly=value ] [--rc-dailies=value ] [--rc-weeklies=value ] [--rc-monthlies=value ] [--rc-quarterlies=value ] [--flags=value ] [--include-nested-shares=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	desc	A description for the object.
	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	max-snaps	Maximum number of snapshots to retain for this schedule, after which the oldest snapshot is removed before a new one is created.
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	interval	(interval based) Delay interval in minutes between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started. Minimum schedule delay interval is 3 minutes.
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	rc-hourly	Retention count of hourly snapshots. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-dailies	Retention count of daily snapshots. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-weeklies	Retention count of weekly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-monthlies	Retention count of monthly snapshots. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-quarterlies	Retention count of quarterly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]
	include-nested-shares	Include nested shares.

snap-schedule-delete

Deletes a snapshot schedule, snapshots associated with the schedule are not removed.

 qs snap-schedule-delete|sch-delete --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

snap-schedule-disable

Disables the specified snapshot schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-disable|sch-disable --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

snap-schedule-enable

Enables the specified snapshot schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-enable|sch-enable --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

snap-schedule-get

Returns information about a specific snapshot schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-get|sch-get --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

snap-schedule-list

Returns a list of all the snapshot schedules.

 qs snap-schedule-list|sch-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

snap-schedule-modify

Modifies the name, description or other properties of a snapshot schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-modify|sch-modify --schedule=value [--name=value ] [--start-date=value ] [--enabled=value ] [--desc=value ] [--resource-group=value ] [--max-snaps=value ] [--schedule-type=value ] [--interval=value ] [--days=value ] [--hours=value ] [--offset-minutes=value ] [--rc-hourly=value ] [--rc-dailies=value ] [--rc-weeklies=value ] [--rc-monthlies=value ] [--rc-quarterlies=value ] [--flags=value ] [--include-nested-shares=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	start-date	2016-12-29T00:00:00Z)
	enabled	While the schedule is enabled snapshots will be taken at the designated times.
	desc	A description for the object.
	resource-group	Name of a Resource Group or its unique id.
	max-snaps	Maximum number of snapshots to retain for this schedule, after which the oldest snapshot is removed before a new one is created.
	schedule-type	Specifies the timer type for the schedule. Interval schedules specify a delay interval (aka rest interval) between schedule activations and calendar schedules activate at specific days and times. Scheduled snapshot/backup/replication jobs are never run while work from a previous run for the same schedule is still active. [*calendar, interval]
	interval	(interval based) Delay interval in minutes between when a schedule run completes and the next one is started. Minimum schedule delay interval is 3 minutes.
	days	(calendar based) The days of the week on which this schedule should create snapshots. [fri, mon, sat, *sun, thu, tue, wed]
	hours	(calendar based) For the specified days of the week, snapshots will be created at the specified hours. [10am, 10pm, 11am, 11pm, 12am, 12pm, 1am, 1pm, 2am, 2pm, *3am, 3pm, 4am, 4pm, 5am, 5pm, 6am, 6pm, 7am, 7pm, 8am, 8pm, 9am, 9pm]
	offset-minutes	(calendar based) Delay the scheduled start time by specified minutes. For example, a 30min offset with scheduled trigger time of 1am and 4am will trigger at 1:30am and 4:30am respectively.
	rc-hourly	Retention count of hourly snapshots. A retention count of 2 will retain 2 snapshots spanning the last 2 hours.
	rc-dailies	Retention count of daily snapshots. A retention count of 7 will retain 7 snapshots spanning the last week with a minimum of one day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-weeklies	Retention count of weekly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning the last month with a minimum of 7 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-monthlies	Retention count of monthly snapshots. A retention count of 6 will retain 6 snapshots spanning the last half-year with a minimum of 30 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	rc-quarterlies	Retention count of quarterly snapshots. A retention count of 4 will retain 4 snapshots spanning a year with a minimum of 90 day spacing between snapshots/checkpoints.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]
	include-nested-shares	Include nested shares.

snap-schedule-remove

Removes one or more volumes/shares from the specified schedule.

 qs snap-schedule-remove|sch-remove --schedule=value [--volume-list=value ] [--share-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

snap-schedule-trigger

Triggers the specified schedule to run immediately.

 qs snap-schedule-trigger|sch-trigger --schedule=value [--flags=value ] 

	schedule	Name of a snapshot schedule or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

iSCSI/FC/NFS/SMB Session Management [SESSION]

Commands for iSCSI/FC/NFS/SMB storage session management.

share-session-get

Returns information about a specific NFS/SMB session.

 qs share-session-get|share-sn-get --share-session=value [--flags=value ] 

	share-session	A Network Share session represents a NAS client connection/session via the SMB and/or NFS protocol.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

share-session-list

Returns a list of all the open SMB sessions.

 qs share-session-list|share-sn-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

volume-session-close

Forcibly closes the specified iSCSI session; generally not recommended, use acl-remove instead.

 qs volume-session-close|volume-sn-close [--volume=value ] [--session-list=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	session-list	iSCSI session identifier for an active iSCSI session.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

volume-session-get

Returns detailed information on a specific iSCSI session.

 qs volume-session-get|volume-sn-get --session=value [--flags=value ] 

	session	iSCSI session identifier for an active iSCSI session.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

volume-session-list

Returns a list of all the active iSCSI sessions.

 qs volume-session-list|volume-sn-list [--volume=value ] [--host=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Network Share Management [SHARE]

Commands for managing Network Shares which are accessible via NFS and/or the SMB protocol.

active-dir-domain-list

Returns a list of all domains including the trusted domains.

 qs active-dir-domain-list|ad-dom-list --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

active-dir-user-group-list

Returns a list of all the users and groups in the Active Directory domain that the appliance is a member of. Search result is limited to 1000 users/groups. Consider narrowing down the search for a list of all users/groups

 qs active-dir-user-group-list|ad-ug-list --storage-system=value [--is-group=value ] [--domain=value ] [--organization-unit=value ] [--filter=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	is-group	List active directory users or groups. Default is users
	domain	Search users or groups in the specified domain. If not specified the default domain will be used.
	organization-unit	Search users or groups in the specified organization unit. If not specified, the base domain will be used to search.
	filter	Filter to search users or groups. Example user*dom*. If not specified, all users or groups will be search.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-client-add

Adds a NFS client access rule for the specified Network Share.

 qs share-client-add|shr-cadd --share=value --filter=value [--async=value ] [--secure=value ] [--subtree=value ] [--rdonly=value ] [--options=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	filter	A filter string for the client
	async	Use asynchronous communication between NFS server and client
	secure	Requires the requests to originate from an Internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED
	subtree	Enables subtree checking
	rdonly	Allow only read requests for the NFS volume
	options	Set of custom NFS options as a comma delimited list such as no_root_squash, wdelay, ro etc
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-client-get

Returns information about the specific Network Share NFS client access rule.

 qs share-client-get|shr-cget --share=value [--filter=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	filter	A filter string for the client
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

share-client-list

Returns a list of NFS clients access rules for the specified Network Share.

 qs share-client-list|shr-clist --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-client-modify

Modifies a NFS client access rule for the specified Network Share.

 qs share-client-modify|shr-cmodify --share=value --filter=value [--rdonly=value ] [--secure=value ] [--async=value ] [--subtree=value ] [--options=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	filter	A filter string for the client
	rdonly	Allow only read requests for the NFS volume
	secure	Requires the requests to originate from an Internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED
	async	Use asynchronous communication between NFS server and client
	subtree	Enables subtree checking
	options	Set of custom NFS options as a comma delimited list such as no_root_squash, wdelay, ro etc
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-client-remove

Removes NFS client access rule for the specified Network Share.

 qs share-client-remove|shr-cremove --share=value --filter=value [--retain-client-connection=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	filter	A filter string for the client
	retain-client-connection	Retain client connection. Default is false.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-clone

Creates a full copy of the specified Network Share to another storage pool.

 qs share-clone|shr-clone --share=value --pool=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--active=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Name for the clone, if not provided the source volume name will be used as a prefix.
	desc	A description for the object.
	active	Indicates that the Network Share should be activated.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-create

Creates a new Network Share accessible via NFS v3/v4 and the SMB protocol.

 qs share-create|shr-create --name=value --pool=value [--desc=value ] [--public=value ] [--active=value ] [--cifs-enable=value ] [--user-access-list=value ] [--cifs-options=value ] [--space-quota=value ] [--space-quota-exclude-snapshots=value ] [--sync=value ] [--primarycache=value ] [--secondarycache=value ] [--compression-type=value ] [--copies=value ] [--share-owner=value ] [--share-owner-group=value ] [--permissions=value ] [--recordsize=value ] [--reserved=value ] [--vvol-type=value ] [--protocol-end-point=value ] [--is-cloud-container-cache=value ] [--nfs-security-policy=value ] [--parent-share=value ] [--encrypt=value ] [--encryption-key=value ] [--count=value ] [--disable-vss-snap-browsing=value ] [--disable-smb-snap-dir=value ] [--disable-nfs-snap-dir=value ] [--disable-nfs-hidden-dir-browsing=value ] [--immutability-mode=value ] [--days-of-immutability=value ] [--small-block-threshold=value ] [--file-quota=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	desc	A description for the object.
	public	Indicates that the specified Network Share should be made public and open for read/write access to all systems on the network.
	active	Indicates that the Network Share should be activated.
	cifs-enable	Enables Samba support for Network Share.
	user-access-list	List of users with permission to access the Network Share for example 'user1:valid,user2:invalid,user3:admin,@ugroup:valid,~DOMAIN+user7,~user33', prepend with tilde (~) to remove fields/properties. Prepend with '@' to specify a user group.
	cifs-options	CIFS/Samba configuration options specified as 'key=value,key2=value2,~key3,...', prepend with tilde (~) to remove fields/properties. If not specified on share creation the default option '[defaults]' is passed to the server to set common default values.
	space-quota	Size of the quota for the Network Share (optional).
	space-quota-exclude-snapshots	If specified there is no limit on the space utilized by snapshots of the parent share (optional).
	sync	Synchronization policy to use for handling writes to the storage pool (standard, always, none). standard mode is a hybrid of write-through and write-back caching based on the O_SYNC flag, always mode is write-through to ZIL which could be SSD cache, and disabled indicates to always use async writes. [always, disabled, *standard]
	primarycache	Sets the cache policy for how ARC (RAM) should be used to cache data and metadata. 'all' indicates both data and metadata should be cached while 'metadata' indicates only metadata should be cached. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	secondarycache	Sets the cache policy for how L2ARC (SSD read cache) should be used to cache data and metadata. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	compression-type	off | lzjb | gzip | gzip-[1-9] | zle | lz4 | zstd | zstd-fast)
	copies	Indicates the number of copies of each block should be maintained in the Storage Pool. This is a way of getting duplicates for bit-rot protection on a single device (supported only on ZFS based pools).
	share-owner	Name of the share owner
	share-owner-group	Name of the share owner group (Need to specify both share owner and group). Owner group must be specified as either 'valid' or 'admin' in the user access list parameter.
	permissions	Permissions settings for the share in read/write/execute format for user/group/other in the standard UNIX permissions octal format (eg 755) or rwxr--r--
	recordsize	Network Share record size in KB, valid values are 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 (default), 256, 512, or 1024. Larger values deliver higher performance for workloads with high sequential IO.
	reserved	Amount of thick-provisioned reserved space for a Storage Volume specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	vvol-type	vvol type for VASA support. Type can be none for no VASA support, protocolEndPoint or subVol. Default is none. [*none, protocol-end-point, subvol-config, subvol-data, subvol-swap]
	protocol-end-point	Protocol Endpoint ID only applies to VVOL based Network Shares and indicates the parent share on which the VVOL should be created.
	is-cloud-container-cache	Indicates if this share is to be used as Cloud Container cache. 'true' if used as a cache.
	nfs-security-policy	By default each Network Share inherits the Storage System level NFS security policy but each share can have an override set to specifically set the policy to 'system' or 'kerberos'. [*inherit, kerberos, system]
	parent-share	The ID or name of the Network Share to link a given alias or sub-share to.
	encrypt	Enables encryption for the specified share. Network Share level encryption is independent from the encryption setting for the Storage Pool which may be encrypted or unencrypted. Encryption can only be enabled at the time of storage resource creation.
	encryption-key	A passphrase which is used to encrypt all the data sent to the storage resource.
	count	The number of volumes to create, default is 1.
	disable-vss-snap-browsing	Disable VSS snapshot browsing.
	disable-smb-snap-dir	Disables SMB _snaps folder browsing of activated GMT snapshots.
	disable-nfs-snap-dir	Enables NFS _snaps folder browsing of activated GMT snapshots.
	disable-nfs-hidden-dir-browsing	Disables NFS snapshot browsing for .zfs folder
	immutability-mode	Enables file immutability/WORM support for the specified share on creation. [append, immutable, *none]
	days-of-immutability	The number of days a new file will be marked as immutable. After the file is old enough, it will be marked mutable at midnight.
	small-block-threshold	Indicates the max size of a block of I/O for it to be categorized to be written to the SSD meta-data offload vdev. Recommend setting this to a value between 8K and 32K depending on how much SSD space is available in the mirrored metadata vdev.
	file-quota	Quota on the number of files within the Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-create-alias

Creates an alias for the specified share. Aliases have their own separate permissions settings which can be customized and can inherit from it's associated parent share. Aliases can also reference a sub-directory of the parent share.

 qs share-create-alias|shr-create-alias --name=value --parent-share=value [--subpath=value ] [--inherit-access=value ] [--desc=value ] [--public=value ] [--active=value ] [--force-create-sub-dir=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	parent-share	The ID or name of the Network Share to link a given alias or sub-share to.
	subpath	Sub-directory within the parent share to associate with this sub-share. If the directory doesn't exist it will be created automatically and the sub-path can refer to a directory which is nested multiple levels deep.
	inherit-access	Inherit access control settings from the parent share including the NFS access entries and CIFS user/group access entries. [cifs, nfs, *none]
	desc	A description for the object.
	public	Indicates that the specified Network Share should be made public and open for read/write access to all systems on the network.
	active	Indicates that the Network Share should be activated.
	force-create-sub-dir	Force creation of sub directory if not present. Without this option existing directory will not be used if present.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-delete

Deletes the specified Network Share

 qs share-delete|shr-delete [--share-list=value ] [--delete-child-snaps-only=value ] [--delete-child-snaps-and-parent=value ] [--search-filter=value ] [--dry-run-only=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share-list	A list of one or more Network Shares.
	delete-child-snaps-only	Deletes the child snapshots of the specified share/volume. Parent share/volume will not be deleted.
	delete-child-snaps-and-parent	Deletes the child snapshots of the specified share/volume along with the specified parent share/volume.
	search-filter	Filter the results of the Network Share List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	dry-run-only	Dry run will not delete any shares, only returns a list of shares found by the specified search criteria and options
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-disable

Disables/deactivates the specified Network Share

 qs share-disable|shr-disable --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-enable

Enables/activates the specified Network Share

 qs share-enable|shr-enable --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-file-lock-list

Returns a list of all the open files (SMB only) for the specified Network Share.

 qs share-file-lock-list|shr-lock-list [--share=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force]

share-get

Returns information about the specified Network Share.

 qs share-get|shr-get --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

share-group-quota-add

Set a group quota for the Network Share

 qs share-group-quota-add|shr-group-quota-add --share=value --user-group=value --quota-size=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	quota-size	Size may be specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-group-quota-remove

Remove a group quota for the Network Share

 qs share-group-quota-remove|shr-group-quota-remove --share=value --user-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-health-check

Checks the health/state of the share and recursively checks the health of the associated pool and it's disk devices to see if there are any health issues anywhere in the stack.

 qs share-health-check|shr-check --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

share-hold-add

Add a hold on a Network Share snapshot to prevent it from getting deleted. Releasing the hold will allow deletion.

 qs share-hold-add|shr-hld-add --share=value [--hold-tag=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	hold-tag	Tag identifying the hold.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

share-hold-remove

Remove a hold on a Network Share snapshot. Releasing the hold will allow deletion.

 qs share-hold-remove|shr-hld-remove --share=value [--hold-tag=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	hold-tag	Tag identifying the hold.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

share-join-domain

Joins the specified Active Directory domain/realm.

 qs share-join-domain|shr-jdomain --storage-system=value --domain=value --realm=value --kdc=value --ad-admin=value --ad-password=value [--idmap-mode=value ] [--allow-trusted-domains=value ] [--computer-act-ou=value ] [--min-uid=value ] [--max-uid=value ] [--min-def-uid=value ] [--max-def-uid=value ] [--range-size=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	domain	The name of the AD domain to have the Storage System join. (DOMAIN)
	realm	The name of the AD realm that the domain is in. (DOMAIN.COM)
	kdc	The name of the Active Directory server/machine.
	ad-admin	The AD administrator account of the domain that Storage System is a member of or joining.
	ad-password	The AD password to the administrator account of the domain that Storage System is a member of or joining.
	idmap-mode	Specifies the Unix to Active Directory ID mapping mode (idmap config) of rid, autorid, tdb, ad, ad-rfc2307 [ad, ad-rfc2307, autorid, rid, *tdb]
	allow-trusted-domains	Allow discovery of trusted domains (default=false)
	computer-act-ou	Organization Unit to create the computer account in
	min-uid	Min UID in the range
	max-uid	Max UID in the range
	min-def-uid	Max UID for the default tdb backend. This range is used to create unix ids, in order to be able to map the BUILTIN sids and other domains, and also in order to be able to create group mappings
	max-def-uid	Min UID for the default tdb backend. This range is used to create unix ids, in order to be able to map the BUILTIN sids and other domains, and also in order to be able to create group mappings
	range-size	Defines the number of uids/gids available per domain range. Only used in idmap mode 'autorid'
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-key-export

Exports all the encryption key information for the specified Network Share into a block that can be used in the future to re-import the keys.

 qs share-key-export|shr-key-export --network-share=value --key-file=value [--flags=value ] 

	network-share	Name or ID of a CIFS/NFS Network Share.
	key-file	File name to use for the exported pool key block.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

share-key-import

Import the previously exported encryption keys for a Network Share to the specified Storage System.

 qs share-key-import|shr-key-import --key-file=value --network-share=value [--flags=value ] 

	key-file	File which contains the previously exported key block to use for importing.
	network-share	Name or ID of a CIFS/NFS Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

share-leave-domain

Leaves the current Active Directory domain.

 qs share-leave-domain|shr-ldomain --storage-system=value [--ad-admin=value ] [--ad-password=value ] [--preserve-access-entries=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	ad-admin	The AD administrator account of the domain that Storage System is a member of or joining.
	ad-password	The AD password to the administrator account of the domain that Storage System is a member of or joining.
	preserve-access-entries	When a system is removed from an AD domain all local storage pools will have their AD user access control information scrubbed from all Network Shares unless preserve entries is specified. (default=true)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-list

Returns a list of all the Network Shares in the system.

 qs share-list|shr-list [--vasa-support-only=value ] [--include-snapshots=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	vasa-support-only	VASA support only.
	include-snapshots	Include snapshots in the list
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

share-load-encryption-key

Load the encryption key of an encrypted network share so that the key is in the available state.

 qs share-load-encryption-key|shr-load-key --network-share=value [--encryption-key=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	network-share	Name or ID of a CIFS/NFS Network Share.
	encryption-key	A passphrase which is used to encrypt all the data sent to the storage resource.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-modify

Modifies the properties of the specified Network Share.

 qs share-modify|shr-modify --share=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--active=value ] [--space-quota=value ] [--space-quota-exclude-snapshots=value ] [--sync=value ] [--primarycache=value ] [--secondarycache=value ] [--compression-type=value ] [--copies=value ] [--cifs-enable=value ] [--user-access-list=value ] [--group-access-list=value ] [--cifs-options=value ] [--share-owner=value ] [--share-owner-group=value ] [--permissions=value ] [--recordsize=value ] [--is-active-checkpoint=value ] [--reserved=value ] [--nfs-security-policy=value ] [--disable-vss-snap-browsing=value ] [--disable-smb-snap-dir=value ] [--disable-nfs-snap-dir=value ] [--disable-nfs-hidden-dir-browsing=value ] [--small-block-threshold=value ] [--file-quota=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	active	Indicates that the Network Share should be activated.
	space-quota	Size of the quota for the Network Share (optional).
	space-quota-exclude-snapshots	If specified there is no limit on the space utilized by snapshots of the parent share (optional).
	sync	Synchronization policy to use for handling writes to the storage pool (standard, always, none). standard mode is a hybrid of write-through and write-back caching based on the O_SYNC flag, always mode is write-through to ZIL which could be SSD cache, and disabled indicates to always use async writes. [always, disabled, *standard]
	primarycache	Sets the cache policy for how ARC (RAM) should be used to cache data and metadata. 'all' indicates both data and metadata should be cached while 'metadata' indicates only metadata should be cached. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	secondarycache	Sets the cache policy for how L2ARC (SSD read cache) should be used to cache data and metadata. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	compression-type	off | lzjb | gzip | gzip-[1-9] | zle | lz4 | zstd | zstd-fast)
	copies	Indicates the number of copies of each block should be maintained in the Storage Pool. This is a way of getting duplicates for bit-rot protection on a single device (supported only on ZFS based pools).
	cifs-enable	Enables Samba support for Network Share.
	user-access-list	List of users with permission to access the Network Share for example 'user1:valid,user2:invalid,user3:admin,@ugroup:valid,~DOMAIN+user7,~user33', prepend with tilde (~) to remove fields/properties. Prepend with '@' to specify a user group.
	group-access-list	List of groups with permission to access the Network Share for example 'DOMAIN+group1:valid,~DOMAIN+group2' prepend with tilde (~) to remove access for specific users or groups.
	cifs-options	CIFS/Samba configuration options specified as 'key=value,key2=value2,~key3,...', prepend with tilde (~) to remove fields/properties. If not specified on share creation the default option '[defaults]' is passed to the server to set common default values.
	share-owner	Name of the share owner
	share-owner-group	Name of the share owner group (Need to specify both share owner and group). Owner group must be specified as either 'valid' or 'admin' in the user access list parameter.
	permissions	Permissions settings for the share in read/write/execute format for user/group/other in the standard UNIX permissions octal format (eg 755) or rwxr--r--
	recordsize	Network Share record size in KB, valid values are 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 (default), 256, 512, or 1024. Larger values deliver higher performance for workloads with high sequential IO.
	is-active-checkpoint	Network Shares and Storage Volumes marked as an active replica checkpoint cannot be replicated over by replication schedules or the replication system. Use is used to protect a given volume/share in the event of site failover to ensure the source side doesn't overwrite replicas at the DR site which are in use. Note: Checkpoints are automatically marked as active replica checkpoints whenever access is granted to them or they are accessed via a file or block storage session.
	reserved	Amount of thick-provisioned reserved space for a Storage Volume specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	nfs-security-policy	By default each Network Share inherits the Storage System level NFS security policy but each share can have an override set to specifically set the policy to 'system' or 'kerberos'. [*inherit, kerberos, system]
	disable-vss-snap-browsing	Disable VSS snapshot browsing.
	disable-smb-snap-dir	Disables SMB _snaps folder browsing of activated GMT snapshots.
	disable-nfs-snap-dir	Enables NFS _snaps folder browsing of activated GMT snapshots.
	disable-nfs-hidden-dir-browsing	Disables NFS snapshot browsing for .zfs folder
	small-block-threshold	Indicates the max size of a block of I/O for it to be categorized to be written to the SSD meta-data offload vdev. Recommend setting this to a value between 8K and 32K depending on how much SSD space is available in the mirrored metadata vdev.
	file-quota	Quota on the number of files within the Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

share-move

Moves the specified Network Share inside an existing Network Share.

 qs share-move|sh-move --share=value --new-parent=value [--new-name=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	new-parent	New parent for the specified nested share
	new-name	New name for the share. If left name, existing name will be used for the move
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-quota-list

Returns the user quotas for the Network Share.

 qs share-quota-list|shr-quota-list --share=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-restore

Restores the specified Network Share with the contents of the specified snapshot.

 qs share-restore|shr-restore --share=value --share-snapshot=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	share-snapshot	Name or ID of a snapshot of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-rollback

Instant rollback of the specified Network Share to the specified point-in-time snapshot. Rollback is faster than the Restore operation but only works with the most recent snapshot. It use rollback with an earlier snapshot you must first remove those snapshots which were created after the desired rollback point.

 qs share-rollback|shr-rollback --share=value --share-snapshot=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	share-snapshot	Name or ID of a snapshot of a Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-search

Returns a subset of Network Shares matching the given criteria.

 qs share-search|shr-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Network Share List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

share-set-passphrase

Sets or changes the encryption passphrase for an encrypted network share.

 qs share-set-passphrase|shr-set-passphrase --network-share=value [--current-passphrase=value ] [--new-passphrase=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	network-share	Name or ID of a CIFS/NFS Network Share.
	current-passphrase	Current encryption passphrase for the storage resource (e.g., pool or network share). If issuing user has the 'Administrator' role and the pool is already started or if the resource is not currently passphrase protected this value can be omitted.
	new-passphrase	New encryption passphrase for storage resource (e.g., pool or network share). (For a pool, omitting this argument will clear the encryption passphrase.)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

share-snapshot

Creates and instant space efficient snapshot of the specified Network Share (requires Advanced Storage Pool)

 qs share-snapshot|shr-snap --share=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--active=value ] [--lazy-clone=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	active	Indicates that the Network Share should be activated.
	lazy-clone	Delays making the snapshot volume writable until it is assigned to a host or modified in some way. This option doesn't save space but does reduce CPU and memory usage load on the system and is recommended if you're not planning to use the snapshot right away.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-unload-encryption-key

Unload the encryption key of an encrypted network share so that the key is in the unavailable state.

 qs share-unload-encryption-key|shr-unload-key --network-share=value [--flags=value ] 

	network-share	Name or ID of a CIFS/NFS Network Share.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-user-quota-add

Set a user quota for the Network Share

 qs share-user-quota-add|shr-user-quota-add --share=value --user=value --quota-size=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	quota-size	Size may be specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

share-user-quota-remove

Remove a user quota for the Network Share.

 qs share-user-quota-remove|shr-user-quota-remove --share=value --user=value [--flags=value ] 

	share	Name or ID of a Network Share.
	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

Site Cluster Resource Management [SITE]

Site Clusters manage virtual interfaces to which can float between cluster members to ensure high-availability to Storage Pools and other resources. Site Clusters maintain a heart-beat and control quorum for a subset of nodes so that Virtual Interfaces can be automatically moved between nodes as necessary.

cluster-ring-create

Creates a new cluster ring configuration for the specified site. Sites can have multiple rings to improve resiliency of the cluster in the event of a network loss on a specific port or network interface.

 qs cluster-ring-create|cr-create --site=value --member-addresses=value [--ring=value ] [--bind-address=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	member-addresses	IP addresses, one from each appliance, used to form a new cluster ring for cluster communication activities.
	ring	Unique cluster ring number starting with 0 for the first ring in the site.
	bind-address	The bind address represents the network on which cluster communication is allowed for a specific ring.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cluster-ring-delete

Deletes the specified cluster ring configuration.

 qs cluster-ring-delete|cr-delete --cluster-ring=value [--flags=value ] 

	cluster-ring	A cluster ring is a communication channel for heartbeat communication and cluster resource management communication activities. Ideal site configurations have two independent rings each on separate networks. For example, a site configuration may have a cluster ring 0 on 10.0.x.x/16 and ring 1 on 10.1.x.x/16
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

cluster-ring-get

Returns the details about a specific cluster ring. A ring represents a communication channel for cluster heartbeat communication. Ideal cluster configurations have two rings.

 qs cluster-ring-get|cr-get --cluster-ring=value [--flags=value ] 

	cluster-ring	A cluster ring is a communication channel for heartbeat communication and cluster resource management communication activities. Ideal site configurations have two independent rings each on separate networks. For example, a site configuration may have a cluster ring 0 on 10.0.x.x/16 and ring 1 on 10.1.x.x/16
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cluster-ring-list

Returns a list of the cluster ring configurations.

 qs cluster-ring-list|cr-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

cluster-ring-member-get

Returns information about the specified cluster ring member.

 qs cluster-ring-member-get|crm-get --cluster-ring-member=value [--flags=value ] 

	cluster-ring-member	A cluster-ring-member represents a physical interface on a appliance used for cluster communication.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

cluster-ring-member-list

Returns a list of all the cluster ring members of the site.

 qs cluster-ring-member-list|crm-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

site-cluster-add-nodes

Add the specified Storage Systems to the site cluster.

 qs site-cluster-add-nodes|sc-add-nodes --site=value --system-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

site-cluster-assoc-get

Returns detailed information about the specified site association.

 qs site-cluster-assoc-get|sca-get --system=value [--site-assoc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system	The system with the site association.
	site-assoc	A site association is a link between a system and a site.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

site-cluster-assoc-list

Returns a list of all the configured site association.

 qs site-cluster-assoc-list|sca-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

site-cluster-create

A site represents a group of appliances at a particular location. That location can span buildings but typically represents systems in close proximity to each other.

 qs site-cluster-create|sc-create --name=value --system-ip-list=value [--desc=value ] [--location=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	system-ip-list	List of the IP addresses, one from each system to be selected to form a new Site Cluster. The selected IPs will be used to form the initial heart-beat ring and must be from the same network.
	desc	A description for the object.
	location	Optional description indicating the location of the Storage System.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

site-cluster-delete

Deletes the specified site configuration.

 qs site-cluster-delete|sc-delete --site=value [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

site-cluster-get

Returns detailed information about the specified site.

 qs site-cluster-get|sc-get --site=value [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

site-cluster-list

Returns a list of all the configured sites.

 qs site-cluster-list|sc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

site-cluster-modify

Modifies the configuration settings of a site like it's name, location or description.

 qs site-cluster-modify|sc-modify --site=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--location=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	location	Optional description indicating the location of the Storage System.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

site-cluster-remove-nodes

Remove the specified Storage Systems from the site cluster.

 qs site-cluster-remove-nodes|sc-remove-nodes --site=value --system-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

site-cluster-rescan

Rescans the Site Cluster configuration for a given Site Cluster.

 qs site-cluster-rescan|sc-rescan [--site=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-cluster-restart-services

Restarts the corosync/pacemaker services on the specified appliance.

 qs site-cluster-restart-services|sc-restart --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

site-cluster-toggle-maintenance-mode

Toggles maintenance mode for the given Site Cluster. Warning: when Site Cluster is in maintenance mode, all Site Cluster Vifs will become unmanaged.

 qs site-cluster-toggle-maintenance-mode|sc-tog-mmode --site=value --enable-maintenance-mode=value [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	enable-maintenance-mode	If true, puts the Site Cluster into maintenance mode. If false, brings Site Cluster our of maintenance mode.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-vif-create

Creates a new virtual interface for the site. Site virtual interfaces automatically float between appliances/systems to ensure availability of a management IP for a given site.

 qs site-vif-create|svr-create --site=value --parent-port=value --ip-address=value [--netmask=value ] [--mac-address=value ] [--description=value ] [--location-config=value ] [--usecase-obj-id=value ] [--vif-use-case=value ] [--iscsi-enable=value ] [--nvmeof-enable=value ] [--mtu=value ] [--fqdn=value ] [--convert-vif=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	site	A site is a group of appliances in a location.
	parent-port	Parent network port like 'eth0' which the virtual interface should be attached. On failover the virtual interface will attach to the port with the same name on another system in the Site Cluster.
	ip-address	IP address of the form x.x.x.x such as 10.0.0.10
	netmask	Subnet IP mask (ex: 255.255.255.0)
	mac-address	MAC Address
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	location-config	List describing the location configuration including Site Cluster node id and preferredness separated by a colon (ex: d1ff08a3-724d-1d83-40ff-7bb420232764:300,9306837e-2bde-5744-2ea3-6debfa41716d:200)
	usecase-obj-id	Name or ID of the usecase object associated with this vif (ie, HA Group for a HA Vif, Ceph Cluster for a File pool Vif, etc)
	vif-use-case	Specifies the use case in which the new vif shall be used. [grid-primary, *ha, other, s3proxy, scaleout-block, scaleout-file, scaleout-obj]
	iscsi-enable	Enables or disables iSCSI access to the specified port(s).
	nvmeof-enable	Enables or disables NVMEoF TCP access to the specified port(s).
	mtu	Maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the target port, commonly set to 9000 to enable jumbo frames.
	fqdn	When specified the FQDN for the virtual interface is added to the local /etc/hosts configuration on all systems in the QuantaStor storage grid so that the VIF's FQDN may be referenced by internal services including as Kerberos. The FQDN must be unique and cannot be a hostname already in use by one of the QuantaStor systems.
	convert-vif	Convert existing local virtual ip address into an HA site VIF.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-vif-delete

Deletes the virtual interface site resource and it's associated configuration information from the cluster configuration.

 qs site-vif-delete|svr-delete --vif-resource=value [--convert-to-vif=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	vif-resource	A site virtual interface resource.
	convert-to-vif	Convert HA site VIF resource into a local virtual ip address.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-vif-get

Returns the details about the specified virtual interface cluster resource in a site.

 qs site-vif-get|svr-get --vif-resource=value [--flags=value ] 

	vif-resource	A site virtual interface resource.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

site-vif-list

Returns a list of all the virtual interface site resources.

 qs site-vif-list|svr-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

site-vif-location-constraint-get

Returns a specific location constraint for a Site Vif Resource given the Site Vif Resource and the associated Storage System Node.

 qs site-vif-location-constraint-get|sv-lc-get --vif-resource=value --storage-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	vif-resource	A site virtual interface resource.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-vif-location-constraint-list

Returns a list of all the location constraints for all Site Vif Resources.

 qs site-vif-location-constraint-list|sv-lc-list [--vif-resource=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	vif-resource	A site virtual interface resource.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-vif-modify

Updates a given Site Vif's use case, use case object, and/or location constraints.

 qs site-vif-modify|svr-modify --vif-resource=value [--description=value ] [--location-config=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	vif-resource	A site virtual interface resource.
	description	Description for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	location-config	List describing the location configuration including Site Cluster node id and preferredness separated by a colon (ex: d1ff08a3-724d-1d83-40ff-7bb420232764:300,9306837e-2bde-5744-2ea3-6debfa41716d:200)
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

site-vif-move

Moves the virtual interface resource from the current system it is attached to the specified Storage System. The target Storage System must be a member of the site cluster configuration.

 qs site-vif-move|svr-move --vif-resource=value --move-to-system=value [--flags=value ] 

	vif-resource	A site virtual interface resource.
	move-to-system	Destination system to move the virtual interface over to.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Storage Provisioning Tier Management [STORAGE-TIER]

Storage Pools can be grouped into a Storage Provisioning Teir to simplify common provisioning tasks by pushing onto the system the task of selecting the optimial storage pool to provision a volume or share from based on the amount of free-space available and allocated.

storage-tier-create

Creates a new Storage Tier comprised of the specified storage pools

 qs storage-tier-create|st-create --name=value --pool-list=value [--desc=value ] [--storage-class=value ] [--storage-type=value ] [--perf-level=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	pool-list	List of storage pools.
	desc	A description for the object.
	storage-class	The classification/primary use case of the storage such as Backup/Archive, High-Performance, or General Purpose.
	storage-type	Type of the storage pools included in this tier: SATA, SAS, SSD, SSHD, MULTI, Unknown [AOE, MULTI, *SAS, SATA, SCSI, SSD, SSHD, UNKNOWN]
	perf-level	An estimation of the relative performance of the storage tier as a simplified number in the range of 1 to 100.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

storage-tier-delete

Deletes the specified Storage Tier (pools are not deleted).

 qs storage-tier-delete|st-delete --tier=value [--flags=value ] 

	tier	Storage tier is a group of one or more storage pools used to simplify storage provisioning by tier/category/classification.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

storage-tier-get

Returns information about a specific Storage Tier.

 qs storage-tier-get|st-get --tier=value [--flags=value ] 

	tier	Storage tier is a group of one or more storage pools used to simplify storage provisioning by tier/category/classification.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

storage-tier-list

Returns a list of all the Storage Tiers.

 qs storage-tier-list|st-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

storage-tier-modify

Modifies the name, description or other property of the specified storage tier.

 qs storage-tier-modify|st-modify --tier=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--storage-class=value ] [--storage-type=value ] [--perf-level=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	tier	Storage tier is a group of one or more storage pools used to simplify storage provisioning by tier/category/classification.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	storage-class	The classification/primary use case of the storage such as Backup/Archive, High-Performance, or General Purpose.
	storage-type	Type of the storage pools included in this tier: SATA, SAS, SSD, SSHD, MULTI, Unknown [AOE, MULTI, *SAS, SATA, SCSI, SSD, SSHD, UNKNOWN]
	perf-level	An estimation of the relative performance of the storage tier as a simplified number in the range of 1 to 100.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

storage-tier-pool-add

Adds one or more pools to the specified storage tier.

 qs storage-tier-pool-add|stp-add --tier=value --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	tier	Storage tier is a group of one or more storage pools used to simplify storage provisioning by tier/category/classification.
	pool-list	List of storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

storage-tier-pool-remove

Removes one or more pools from the specified storage tier.

 qs storage-tier-pool-remove|stp-remove --tier=value --pool-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	tier	Storage tier is a group of one or more storage pools used to simplify storage provisioning by tier/category/classification.
	pool-list	List of storage pools.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Software Controller / iSCSI SAN Adapter [SWC]

Storage Systems may connect to other SANs via iSCSI via the additon of one or more iSCSI Software Adapters/Controllers.

sw-controller-add

Adds an iSCSI or NVMe SAN adapter for connecting to the specified iSCSI or NVMe SAN.

 qs sw-controller-add|swc-add --storage-system=value --name=value --ip-address=value --sw-controller-type=value [--desc=value ] [--port=value ] [--chap-user=value ] [--chap-pass=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	port	Port number for the Software Controller portal, defaults to 3260 if iSCSI, or 4420 if NVMe.
	sw-controller-type	Protocol type of Software Controller. [*iscsi, nvme-rdma, nvme-tcp]
	chap-user	An optional iSCSI CHAP username.
	chap-pass	An optional iSCSI CHAP password.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

sw-controller-autoconfig

Creates all necessary hosts, Storage Volume assignments and iSCSI SAN adapters required to connect the specified systems to the specified Storage Volumes.

 qs sw-controller-autoconfig|swc-autoconfig --system-list=value --volume-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	volume-list	List of one or more Storage Volumes.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

sw-controller-get

Gets detailed information about a specific software SAN controller.

 qs sw-controller-get|swc-get --sw-controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

sw-controller-list

Returns a list of all the configured software SAN adapter/controllers (iSCSI, etc).

 qs sw-controller-list|swc-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

sw-controller-remove

Removes the specified iSCSI or NVMe SAN adapter

 qs sw-controller-remove|swc-remove --sw-controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

sw-controller-scan

Scans the specified iSCSI/NVMe SAN adapter for iSCSI/NVMe targets.

 qs sw-controller-scan|swc-scan --sw-controller=value [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

sw-controller-target

Returns the specified software controller target.

 qs sw-controller-target|swc-target --target=value [--flags=value ] 

	target	The software controller target to operate against
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

sw-controller-target-list

Returns a list of all the discovered software controller targets.

 qs sw-controller-target-list|swc-target-list [--sw-controller=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

sw-controller-target-login

Logs into the specified targets on the specified iSCSI SAN adapter.

 qs sw-controller-target-login|swc-target-login --sw-controller=value --target-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	target-list	The list of targets for the software controller to operate against
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

sw-controller-target-logout

Logs out of the specified targets on the specified iSCSI SAN adapter.

 qs sw-controller-target-logout|swc-target-logout --sw-controller=value --target-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	target-list	The list of targets for the software controller to operate against
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

sw-disk-session

Returns the specified software disk session.

 qs sw-disk-session|swc-session --session=value [--flags=value ] 

	session	The software disk session to operate against
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

sw-disk-session-list

Returns a list of all software disk sessions.

 qs sw-disk-session-list|swc-session-list [--sw-controller=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	sw-controller	Specifies the name or ID of a software SAN controller instance.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Storage System Management [SYSTEM]

Commands for managing all the appliance centric settings including NTP, DNS servers, hostname, ARP policies, system restart, shutdown and more.

enter-system-maintenance

Set the Storage System(s) in Maintenance mode.

 qs enter-system-maintenance|en-maint --system-list=value [--enter=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	enter	Flags to be passed to set one or more subsystem in the Storage System(s) in Maintenance Mode. [*all, ceph, corosync]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

exit-system-maintenance

Get the Storage System(s) out of Maintenance mode.

 qs exit-system-maintenance|ex-maint --system-list=value [--exit=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	exit	Flags to be passed to move one or more subsystem in the Storage System(s) out of Maintenance Mode. [*all, ceph, corosync]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

system-beacon

Activates system LED beacon and produces an audible beep pattern for the specified duration to help physically identify a given Storage System within the environment.

 qs system-beacon|sys-beep [--duration-sec=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	duration-sec	Total time duration in seconds to sustain the system audible beep pattern.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

system-get

Get general information about the Storage System.

 qs system-get|sys-get [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

system-list

Returns a list of all the managed Storage Systems. This is always a single system unless the system is a member of a management grid.

 qs system-list|sys-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

system-metadata-recovery-point-list

Returns a list of all the available system metadata recovery points. Recovery points allow you to restore system information such as network, host, users, and other system information from a prior automatic backup.

 qs system-metadata-recovery-point-list|smrp-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

system-modify

Modifies the name and/or description of the Storage System.

 qs system-modify|sys-modify --storage-system=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--location=value ] [--enclosure-layout=value ] [--domain-suffix=value ] [--search=value ] [--arp-filter-mode=value ] [--bond-mode=value ] [--ext-hostname=value ] [--grid-port=value ] [--ntp-servers=value ] [--dns-servers=value ] [--multipath-autoconfig=value ] [--hw-auto-maintenance=value ] [--log-collection=value ] [--eth-naming=value ] [--protocol-block=value ] [--protocol-block-reset=value ] [--disable-io-fencing=value ] [--wwn-emulation=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	name	Storage system host name may include any alpha-numeric and hyphen '-' characters per IETF format requirements.
	desc	A description for the object.
	location	Optional description indicating the location of the Storage System.
	enclosure-layout	Enclosure layout for an enclosure within a hardware controller.
	domain-suffix	The domain name suffix for your network such as example.com
	search	The default domain search suffix for your network such as example.com
	arp-filter-mode	ARP filtering should be enabled when you have more than one network card on the same network. [*auto, disabled, enabled]
	bond-mode	Round-robin balancing is the default mode but if you are using bonding across switches you must use LACP and have switch infrastructure that supports it. [active-backup, balance-alb, balance-tlb, balance-xor, lacp, lacp-layer34, *round-robin]
	ext-hostname	Specifies the external hostname for the system. This is useful for creating grids of systems in the cloud like in Amazon's EC2.
	grid-port	Designated port for grid communication
	ntp-servers	Comma delimited list of NTP servers to assign to the appliance.
	dns-servers	Comma delimited list of DNS servers to assign to the appliance.
	multipath-autoconfig	When enabled multipathing is automatically configured for devices that support it. [disabled, enabled]
	hw-auto-maintenance	Flags to be passed to set one or more automatic repair modes in the Storage System's storage resources. [*none, osd, pool]
	log-collection	When enabled logs are sent periodically for automatic analysis. [biweekly, monthly, never, weekly]
	eth-naming	Applies either Predictable (Predictable Network Interface Naming/PNIN) port naming convention (ensN, enoN, enpN) or Unified (ethN) port naming convention. Unified (ethN) based naming is the preferred mode as it applies a consistent naming across systems which is needed for highly available cluster VIF management. [*nochange, predictable, unified]
	protocol-block	The protocol that needs to be blocked specified as 'nfs,smb'. Prepend with tilde (~) to remove from block list. Protocols already blocked will remain blocked. To reset the block list, use 'protocol-block-reset' argument. [ceph, chronograf, ganesha, iscsi, *nfs, nvmeof, restapi, smb, webui]
	protocol-block-reset	Reset the protocol block list. Any values provided in the argument protocol-block will be ignored.
	disable-io-fencing	Disables all I/O fencing operations on the system for all media devices. This should only be used on systems used in scale-out configurations and not scale-up HA pool configurations which require the I/O fencing system.
	wwn-emulation	Enables FC WWN emulation and device naming mode to emulate 3rd party SANs. [ibm_storwize, *none, osnexus_ieee, pure_flasharray]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

system-ping

Returns the name, ID, and version of the system without authentication to support discovery services.

 qs system-ping|sys-ping [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

system-platform-event

Signal the service with an event.

 qs system-platform-event|sys-pe --event-type=value --event-message=value [--flags=value ] 

	event-type	The class of event that is being signaled.
	event-message	The message/key of the event to signal.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

system-restart

Restarts the entire Storage System.

 qs system-restart|restart --system-list=value [--yes-i-really-mean-it=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	yes-i-really-mean-it	Confirms that user is sure they want to execute operation
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

system-shutdown

Shutdown the Storage System.

 qs system-shutdown|shutdown --system-list=value [--service-only=value ] [--yes-i-really-mean-it=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	service-only	Shutdown just the management service and not the system.
	yes-i-really-mean-it	Confirms that user is sure they want to execute operation
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

system-signal-manager

Send signal to named manager module.

 qs system-signal-manager|sys-sigmgr --manager-class=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	manager-class	The code/identifier of the manager to receive the signal. [alua, blink, ceph, disk, fabric, firewall, gridsync, ha, haconn, hardware, hotspare, infiniband, pool, replication, sed, sharenamespace, smart, stats, targetport]
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

system-upgrade

Upgrade to the latest version of the core packages.

 qs system-upgrade|upgrade [--system-list=value ] [--include-kernel=value ] [--distro-upgrade=value ] [--allow-reboot=value ] [--core-only=value ] [--ceph-upgrade=value ] [--ceph-cluster=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	system-list	List of one or more Storage Systems.
	include-kernel	Include kernel and driver updates (default=false)
	distro-upgrade	Perform a distribution upgrade (default=false)
	allow-reboot	Allow reboots to occur automatically when one is required.
	core-only	Only upgrade the core Service and WUI/Manager packages.
	ceph-upgrade	Set this option to upgrade Ceph daemons for the given cluster members.
	ceph-cluster	Ceph Cluster name or ID.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

timezone-list

Lists all the available time zones from the system time zone table.

 qs timezone-list|tz-list [--storage-system=value ] [--search-filter=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	search-filter	Filter the results of the time zone list to match the specified search string.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

timezone-set

Sets the time zone for the specified storage appliance.

 qs timezone-set|tz-set --timezone=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	timezone	System time zone, for example 'America/Los_Angeles'
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-get

Returns the value of a specific tunable for the specified system.

 qs tunable-get|sst-get --tunable=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	tunable	A Storage System tunable setting for adjusting various performance settings. When setting a series of tunables in a list provide a comma delimited list in the format key:value,key:value,...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

tunable-list

Returns a list of all the system performance tuning which can be used to adjust cache and other settings for specific use cases.

 qs tunable-list|sst-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-profile-apply

Applies the specified Storage System tuning profile.

 qs tunable-profile-apply|sstp-apply --tunable-profile=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	tunable-profile	Storage system tunable profiles are a collection of tunable settings that are applied as a set to meet the requirements of a specific system, application, and/or workload.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-profile-create

Creates a new Storage System tuning profile with the specified list of tunings.

 qs tunable-profile-create|sstp-create --name=value --desc=value --tunable=value [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	tunable	A Storage System tunable setting for adjusting various performance settings. When setting a series of tunables in a list provide a comma delimited list in the format key:value,key:value,...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-profile-delete

Deletes the specified Storage System tuning profile.

 qs tunable-profile-delete|sstp-delete --tunable-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	tunable-profile	Storage system tunable profiles are a collection of tunable settings that are applied as a set to meet the requirements of a specific system, application, and/or workload.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-profile-get

Returns information about the specified profile.

 qs tunable-profile-get|sstp-get --tunable-profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	tunable-profile	Storage system tunable profiles are a collection of tunable settings that are applied as a set to meet the requirements of a specific system, application, and/or workload.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

tunable-profile-list

Returns a list of all the Storage System tuning profiles.

 qs tunable-profile-list|sstp-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-profile-modify

Modifies the specified Storage System tuning profile.

 qs tunable-profile-modify|sstp-modify --tunable-profile=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--tunable=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	tunable-profile	Storage system tunable profiles are a collection of tunable settings that are applied as a set to meet the requirements of a specific system, application, and/or workload.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	tunable	A Storage System tunable setting for adjusting various performance settings. When setting a series of tunables in a list provide a comma delimited list in the format key:value,key:value,...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tunable-set

Sets the value of a specific tunable for the specified system.

 qs tunable-set|sst-set --tunable=value [--storage-system=value ] [--tunable-option=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	tunable-option	Options for setting or resetting all tunables for a given need like IOPS, resilvering, and system defaults. [*none, reset]
	tunable	A Storage System tunable setting for adjusting various performance settings. When setting a series of tunables in a list provide a comma delimited list in the format key:value,key:value,...
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Storage System Replication Link Management [SYSTEM-LINK]

Storage System Links are a required prerequisite before remote-replication and replication schedules can be formed to move data between any given pair of appliances in a grid.

replication-link-create

Create a new Storage System Replication Link so that Storage Volumes may be replicated between Storage Systems.

 qs replication-link-create|rl-create --storage-system=value --remote-system=value --local-ip=value --remote-ip=value [--bw-limit=value ] [--compression=value ] [--encryption=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	remote-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	local-ip	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	remote-ip	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	bw-limit	Limits the replication bandwidth between two Storage Systems to a set level specified in units of megabytes per second (MB/sec). All replication activity using the specified link will be evenly load balanced to a sum total throughput of the specified value. Specify 0 to indicate to use the default limit which is 100MB/sec.
	compression	Links always transmit data on-the-wire using fast compression (zip based)
	encryption	Links always transmit data on-the-wire with AES-256 bit encryption by default
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replication-link-delete

Delete an existing replication link.

 qs replication-link-delete|rl-delete --link=value [--flags=value ] 

	link	Storage system link ID or name.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

replication-link-get

Get information about the replication link.

 qs replication-link-get|rl-get --link=value [--flags=value ] 

	link	Storage system link ID or name.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

replication-link-list

List the existing replication links.

 qs replication-link-list|rl-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

replication-link-modify

Modify the properties of the replication link.

 qs replication-link-modify|rl-modify --link=value --remote-ip=value [--local-ip=value ] [--bw-limit=value ] [--compression=value ] [--encryption=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	link	Storage system link ID or name.
	local-ip	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	remote-ip	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	bw-limit	Limits the replication bandwidth between two Storage Systems to a set level specified in units of megabytes per second (MB/sec). All replication activity using the specified link will be evenly load balanced to a sum total throughput of the specified value. Specify 0 to indicate to use the default limit which is 100MB/sec.
	compression	Links always transmit data on-the-wire using fast compression (zip based)
	encryption	Links always transmit data on-the-wire with AES-256 bit encryption by default
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Tag/Object Property Management [TAG]

Feature which allows any object within the Storage System/Grid to be tagged with user custom properties (key/value pairs). Tagging is often used to facilitate multi-tenancy deployments by applying tags containing unique IDs which identify users, customers, account, tenants and more.

tag-delete

Deletes a specific tag on a specific object.

 qs tag-delete|prop-delete --object-id=value --tag=value [--flags=value ] 

	object-id	UUID of the object to associate the tag with.
	tag	Name of the tag/key for the object property. Tags are used to add custom user metadata to objects which is especially important for multi-tenant environments.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tag-get

Returns information on a specific tag on a specific object.

 qs tag-get|prop-get --object-id=value --tag=value [--flags=value ] 

	object-id	UUID of the object to associate the tag with.
	tag	Name of the tag/key for the object property. Tags are used to add custom user metadata to objects which is especially important for multi-tenant environments.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tag-list

Lists all the tags for the object with the specified object UUID.

 qs tag-list|prop-list --object-id=value [--flags=value ] 

	object-id	UUID of the object to associate the tag with.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

tag-set

Adds a new tag/property to the specified object, use a value of hyphen '-' to clear a previously set value.

 qs tag-set|prop-set --object-id=value --tag=value --value=value [--value-type=value ] [--object-type=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	object-id	UUID of the object to associate the tag with.
	tag	tag
	value	value
	value-type	value-type [float, int, *string, time]
	object-type	object-type [alert, disk, host, host-group, pool, port, service-config, share, task, user, user-group, *volume]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Network Interface Management [TARGET-PORT]

Commands for configuration, management and monitoring of network ports, teaming/bonding, VLAN configuration and more.

bonded-interface-create

Creates a bonded network interface by bonding/teaming together a group of one or more physical network ports.

 qs bonded-interface-create|bond-create --ip-address=value --port-list=value [--storage-system=value ] [--netmask=value ] [--gateway=value ] [--mtu=value ] [--desc=value ] [--bond-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	port-list	List of target ports to be bonded together.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	netmask	Subnet IP mask (ex: 255.255.255.0)
	gateway	IP address of the network gateway
	mtu	Maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the target port, commonly set to 9000 to enable jumbo frames.
	desc	A description for the object.
	bond-mode	Round-robin balancing is the default mode but if you are using bonding across switches you must use LACP and have switch infrastructure that supports it. [active-backup, balance-alb, balance-tlb, balance-xor, lacp, lacp-layer34, *round-robin]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

bonded-interface-delete

Deletes the specified bonded network interface.

 qs bonded-interface-delete|bond-delete --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or unique ID of a network port/target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

client-connection-list

Lists all active client connections to the specified system.

 qs client-connection-list|ccon-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

fiber-channel-port-disable

Disables the specified fiber channel port.

 qs fiber-channel-port-disable|fcp-disable --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

fiber-channel-port-enable

Enables the specified fiber channel port.

 qs fiber-channel-port-enable|fcp-enable --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

fiber-channel-port-get

Returns information about the specified fiber channel target port.

 qs fiber-channel-port-get|fcp-get --port=value [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

fiber-channel-port-issuelip

Sends a FC LIP command the specified fiber channel port to force a rediscovery of LUNs / Storage Volumes.

 qs fiber-channel-port-issuelip|fcp-issuelip --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

fiber-channel-port-list

Returns a list of all the fiber channel target ports in the system.

 qs fiber-channel-port-list|fcp-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

infiniband-port-get

Returns information about the specified infiniband port.

 qs infiniband-port-get|ibp-get --port=value [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

infiniband-port-list

Returns a list of all the infiniband ports in the system.

 qs infiniband-port-list|ibp-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

network-port-disable

Disables the specified target port.

 qs network-port-disable|np-disable --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

network-port-enable

Enables the specified target port.

 qs network-port-enable|np-enable --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

network-port-get

Returns information about the specified target port.

 qs network-port-get|np-get --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force, min]

network-port-list

Returns a list of all the target ports in the system.

 qs network-port-list|np-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

network-port-modify

Modifies target port settings including IP address, gateway, mtu, etc.

 qs network-port-modify|np-modify --port=value [--port-type=value ] [--storage-system=value ] [--ip-address=value ] [--netmask=value ] [--gateway=value ] [--mtu=value ] [--iscsi-enable=value ] [--nvmeof-enable=value ] [--lossless-networking-enabled=value ] [--auto-tune=value ] [--desc=value ] [--bond-mode=value ] [--protocol-block=value ] [--protocol-block-reset=value ] [--protocol-allow=value ] [--protocol-allow-reset=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of a target port, or 'all' to modify all ports.
	port-type	Port configuration type. (static, dhcp)
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	netmask	Subnet IP mask (ex: 255.255.255.0)
	gateway	IP address of the network gateway
	mtu	Maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the target port, commonly set to 9000 to enable jumbo frames.
	iscsi-enable	Enables or disables iSCSI access to the specified port(s).
	nvmeof-enable	Enables or disables NVMEoF TCP access to the specified port(s).
	lossless-networking-enabled	Enables or disables lossless networking for Melanox ports.
	auto-tune	Enables automatic configuration of the RX/TX buffers to maximize throughput for large block I/O and replication.
	desc	A description for the object.
	bond-mode	Round-robin balancing is the default mode but if you are using bonding across switches you must use LACP and have switch infrastructure that supports it. [active-backup, balance-alb, balance-tlb, balance-xor, lacp, lacp-layer34, *round-robin]
	protocol-block	The protocol that needs to be blocked specified as 'nfs,smb'. Prepend with tilde (~) to remove from block list. Protocols already blocked will remain blocked. To reset the block list, use 'protocol-block-reset' argument. [ceph, chronograf, ganesha, iscsi, *nfs, nvmeof, restapi, smb, webui]
	protocol-block-reset	Reset the protocol block list. Any values provided in the argument protocol-block will be ignored.
	protocol-allow	The protocol that needs to be allowed specified as 'nfs,smb'. prepend with tilde (~) to remove from the allow list. Protocols already allowed will be retained. To reset the allow list, use 'protocol-allow-reset' argument. [ceph, chronograf, ganesha, iscsi, *nfs, nvmeof, restapi, smb, webui]
	protocol-allow-reset	Reset the protocol allow list. Any values provided in the argument protocol-allow will be ignored.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

network-port-rename

Creates a systemd link file to rename target port.

 qs network-port-rename|np-rename --port=value --name=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	name	New name to assign to target port. It is suggested to have a static network management port with naming prefix 'mgmt'. Avoid using naming prefix 'eth' as it may cause naming conflicts with kernel drivers. Network interfaces are typically enumerated from a 0 index e.g. eno[0,1,2,...]
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

network-port-rescan

Discovers new target ports and/or any manual modifications made to the configuration of the target ports.

 qs network-port-rescan|np-rescan [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

network-port-restart

Restarts the specified target port.

 qs network-port-restart|np-restart --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or MAC address of the target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

provider-app-get

Get the registered provider information.

 qs provider-app-get|prov-app-get --provider-type=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	provider-type	Provider type to register. [aws-s3, azure, backblaze-b2, *ceph-s3, dropbox, google, google-drive, ibm-cos, seagate-lyve, sftp, swift, wasabi-s3]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force]

provider-app-list

List the registered providers.

 qs provider-app-list|prov-app-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

provider-app-register

Register a provider.

 qs provider-app-register|prov-app-register --provider-type=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	provider-type	Provider type to register. [aws-s3, azure, backblaze-b2, *ceph-s3, dropbox, google, google-drive, ibm-cos, seagate-lyve, sftp, swift, wasabi-s3]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

provider-app-unregister

Unregister a provider.

 qs provider-app-unregister|prov-app-unregister [--provider-app=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	provider-app	Provider to unregister.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

service-firewall-definition-list

List the firewall definitions for the services

 qs service-firewall-definition-list|src-firewall-df-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

static-route-create

Creates a new network static route for connecting to other networks.

 qs static-route-create|sr-create --port=value --destination-ip-address=value --destination-netmask=value --gateway-ip-address=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or unique ID of a network port/target port.
	destination-ip-address	Destination IP address for the static route.
	destination-netmask	Destination subnet mask for the static route.
	gateway-ip-address	Gateway IP address for the static route
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

static-route-delete

Deletes the specified static route identified by its UUID.

 qs static-route-delete|sr-delete --route-id=value [--flags=value ] 

	route-id	UUID of a static route object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

static-route-get

Returns information on a specific static route.

 qs static-route-get|sr-get --route-id=value [--flags=value ] 

	route-id	UUID of a static route object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

static-route-list

Returns a list of all the static routes.

 qs static-route-list|sr-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

storage-system-capabilities-list

List the Storage System capabilities.

 qs storage-system-capabilities-list|sys-capabilities-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

virtual-interface-create

Creates a new virtual network interface which is linked to a physical network port.

 qs virtual-interface-create|vif-create --parent-port=value --ip-address=value [--storage-system=value ] [--netmask=value ] [--gateway=value ] [--mtu=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	parent-port	Port that the virtual interface should initially be attached to.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	netmask	Subnet IP mask (ex: 255.255.255.0)
	gateway	IP address of the network gateway
	mtu	Maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the target port, commonly set to 9000 to enable jumbo frames.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

virtual-interface-delete

Deletes the specified virtual network interface.

 qs virtual-interface-delete|vif-delete --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or unique ID of a network port/target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

vlan-interface-create

Creates a new VLAN interface on the specified physical port.

 qs vlan-interface-create|vlan-create --parent-port=value --ip-address=value --vlan-id=value [--storage-system=value ] [--netmask=value ] [--gateway=value ] [--vlan-qos=value ] [--mtu=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	parent-port	Port that the virtual interface should initially be attached to.
	ip-address	IP Address of the host being added; if unspecified the service will look it up.
	vlan-id	VLAN ID (typically 1-255)
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	netmask	Subnet IP mask (ex: 255.255.255.0)
	gateway	IP address of the network gateway
	vlan-qos	VLAN Quality of Service (QoS) can be in the range of 0 (lowest, default) to 7 (highest) and represents the Class of Service (CoS) user priority of the VLAN traffic.
	mtu	Maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the target port, commonly set to 9000 to enable jumbo frames.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

vlan-interface-delete

Deletes the specified VLAN interface.

 qs vlan-interface-delete|vlan-delete --port=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	port	Name or unique ID of a network port/target port.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Task Management [TASK]

Every configuration operation done within an appliance or across a group of appliances is represented in the system as a Task. Some long running tasks can be canceled while running and all tasks from all systems in a grid are visible and monitorable from all appliances.

task-cancel

Cancels the specified task that is in the queue or is running.

 qs task-cancel|t-cancel --task=value [--flags=value ] 

	task	ID of a task.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

task-clear-all

Clears all the completed and/or failed tasks from the task log so that only the running and queued tasks (if any) remain.

 qs task-clear-all|t-clear-all [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

task-get

Returns information about the specified task.

 qs task-get|t-get --task=value [--flags=value ] 

	task	ID of a task.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

task-list

Returns a list of all the Tasks including active, completed, and failed tasks. Whenever you run a command in the Storage Grid it is queued in the internal Task Manager and then executed automatically once the necessary resource locks are acquired.

 qs task-list|t-list [--filtered=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	filtered	Returns just the 'value' most recently created.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

task-lock-list

Returns a list of internal task object locks for the specified storage system.

 qs task-lock-list|tl-list [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

task-lock-release

Releases the specified internal task object locks on the specified storage system (internal support use only, --force flag required).

 qs task-lock-release|tl-release --task=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	task	ID of a task.
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [force]

task-proceed

Some tasks (e.g., volume-snapshot) can wait for a signal part-way through the task before proceeding. In the case of volume snapshot tasks this can be used to shorten the snapshot quiesce window.

 qs task-proceed|t-proceed --task=value [--wait-for-signal=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	task	ID of a task.
	wait-for-signal	Some tasks (volume-snapshot) have the ability to wait for a signal at a key point before proceeding. To signal the task to proceed once started use 'task-proceed'.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Trace Level Management [TRACE-LEVEL]

Debugging facility used to increase the amount of information sent to the /var/log/qs_service.log

event-pulse

Updates object timestamps of the specified type for the specified system to induce event traffic in the grid for testing purposes.

 qs event-pulse|e-pulse --object-type=value [--storage-system=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	object-type	Type of the object to associate the tag with. [alert, disk, host, host-group, pool, port, service-config, share, task, user, user-group, *volume]
	storage-system	Name or ID of a Storage System in a management grid.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

trace-level-get

Get the current trace level that is being used for logging.

 qs trace-level-get|tl-get [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

trace-level-modify

Modify the current parameters used for logging.

 qs trace-level-modify|tl-modify [--trace-level=value ] [--stdout=value ] [--trace-filter=value ] [--trace-options=value ] [--event-verbose-filter=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	trace-level	This is the trace level you would like the system to use for logging. [always, critical, debug, debug2, *error, info, verbose, warning]
	stdout	Whether or not the traces should also be logged to stdout
	trace-filter	Specific classes that you would like to have elevated trace levels. Comma-delimited list of classes, containing optional colon-delimited function names. For example: 'service/osn_foo_util.cpp,service/osn_service_bar.cpp:func1:func2'
	trace-options	Specific options for tracing [enable-cpuinfo,disable-cpuinfo,enable-meminfo,disable-meminfo,enable-calllog,disable-calllog,enable-eventlog,disable-eventlog,enable-execlog,disable-execlog,executing,enable-delta-ObjectType,disable-delta-ObjectType]
	event-verbose-filter	Specific object types that you would like to have verbose event logging levels. Comma-delimited list of object types, containing optional colon-delimited event types. For example: 'HwEnclosure:modify:add'
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

User Management [USER]

User management within an appliance is used both to facilitate access to appliance management operations as well as to create local user accounts to provide SMB access to Network Shares. Use the System Monitor role to limit users so that they cannot change the configuration of any aspect of the system except their own password.

user-add

Adds a new management User account to the Storage System/Grid. A matching console level account is created on all grid nodes but by default SSH access is blocked. Rather, management accounts enable the use of qs CLI commands and web management interface access as per the limits of the User's assigned Role.

 qs user-add|u-add --name=value --password=value --role=value [--first-name=value ] [--last-name=value ] [--email=value ] [--desc=value ] [--default-chap-user=value ] [--default-chap-pass=value ] [--uid=value ] [--gid=value ] [--cli-auth=value ] [--alerts=value ] [--account-type=value ] [--disable-wui-tabs=value ] [--disable-wui-sections=value ] [--hours-term=value ] [--enable-mfa=value ] [--mfa-config=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	User names may include any alpha-numeric plus '_' and '-' characters; spaces are not allowed.
	password	Password for the user to use when accessing the Storage System via the web management interface, qs CLI, or REST API.
	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	first-name	User's first name: enclose in double-quotes if it contains spaces.
	last-name	User's last name: enclose in double-quotes if it contains spaces.
	email	An email address of the form 'user@example.com' without the quotes.
	desc	A description for the object.
	default-chap-user	Default CHAP username for Storage Volumes owned by a user account which have the CHAP policy set to 'use user default CHAP settings'
	default-chap-pass	Default CHAP password for Storage Volumes owned by a user account which have the CHAP policy set to 'use user default CHAP settings'
	uid	POSIX user ID to be associated with the specified user account. New files and directories created within Network Shares via NFS/SMB by this user will be associated with this UID.
	gid	POSIX group ID to be associated with the specified user account. New files and directories created within Network Shares via NFS/SMB by this user will be associated with this GID.
	cli-auth	Enables the 'root' user account within a Storage System to use "[QSCLITKN]" token based password authentication for a given Management User account.
	alerts	Alert types to subscribe to. Alerts at the subscribed level are sent to the user's email address automatically when a SMTP server is configured. [critical, error, info, *none, warning]
	account-type	Specifies the account type where standard accounts are the default and emergency/temporary account types are for short-term special situations (see NIST 800-53). These accounts automatically terminate after a specified number of hours. [emergency, *standard, temporary]
	disable-wui-tabs	Disables specified tabs in the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [cloud-containers, cluster-resource-mgmt, multitenancy, *none, remote-replication, scaleout-nas-mgmt, scaleout-object-mgmt, users-groups]
	disable-wui-sections	Disables specified expandable sections in the left-hand side of the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [hardware, hosts, network-shares, *none, physical-disks, snapshot-schedules, storage-pools, storage-volumes]
	hours-term	Hours until the account is auto-terminated. On termination emergency accounts are locked and temporary accounts are removed/deleted. Unlocking a locked emergency account will add 24 hours to the termination date.
	enable-mfa	Enable Multi Factor Authentication for this user at login.
	mfa-config	Name or ID of a multi-factor authentication configuration.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

user-app-token-add

Adds a user app token.

 qs user-app-token-add|u-app-tkn-add --user=value [--name=value ] [--app-key=value ] [--date-token-expires=value ] [--read-only-token=value ] [--user-app-token-access-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	app-key	Application provider key
	date-token-expires	Date on which the token expires.
	read-only-token	User app token is read only. Default is read/write
	user-app-token-access-mode	User app token access mode. [Token File All-nodes, *Token File Disabled, Token File Local-only, Token File Remote-only]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

user-app-token-delete

Removes a user app token.

 qs user-app-token-delete|u-app-tkn-delete --user-app-token=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-app-token	User app token.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

user-app-token-get

Gets information about the specified user app token.

 qs user-app-token-get|u-app-tkn-get --user-app-token=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-app-token	User app token.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

user-app-token-list

Returns a list of user app tokens.

 qs user-app-token-list|u-app-tkn-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

user-app-token-regen

Regenerates a user app token.

 qs user-app-token-regen|u-app-tkn-regen --user-app-token=value [--date-token-expires=value ] [--read-only-token=value ] [--user-app-token-access-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	user-app-token	User app token.
	date-token-expires	Date on which the token expires.
	read-only-token	User app token is read only. Default is read/write
	user-app-token-access-mode	User app token access mode. [Token File All-nodes, *Token File Disabled, Token File Local-only, Token File Remote-only]
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

user-generate-otp-auth-secret

Generate One-Time-Password (OTP) Authorization secret for the specified user

 qs user-generate-otp-auth-secret|u-generate-otp-auth-secret --user=value [--flags=value ] 

	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

user-get

Gets information about the specified user.

 qs user-get|u-get --user=value [--flags=value ] 

	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

user-list

Returns a list of all the users.

 qs user-list|u-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

user-modify

Modifies the specified user name, multi-factor authentication settings, role, and/or description.

 qs user-modify|u-modify --user=value [--role=value ] [--desc=value ] [--default-chap-user=value ] [--default-chap-pass=value ] [--otp-secret-key=value ] [--uid=value ] [--gid=value ] [--lock-account=value ] [--cli-auth=value ] [--alerts=value ] [--disable-wui-tabs=value ] [--disable-wui-sections=value ] [--enable-mfa=value ] [--mfa-config=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	role	Name of a security role or its unique ID (GUID).
	desc	A description for the object.
	default-chap-user	Default CHAP username for Storage Volumes owned by a user account which have the CHAP policy set to 'use user default CHAP settings'
	default-chap-pass	Default CHAP password for Storage Volumes owned by a user account which have the CHAP policy set to 'use user default CHAP settings'
	otp-secret-key	One-Time-Password (OTP) for multifactor authentication.
	uid	POSIX user ID to be associated with the specified user account. New files and directories created within Network Shares via NFS/SMB by this user will be associated with this UID.
	gid	POSIX group ID to be associated with the specified user account. New files and directories created within Network Shares via NFS/SMB by this user will be associated with this GID.
	lock-account	Set to 'true' to lock the account, 'false' to unlock the user account.
	cli-auth	Enables the 'root' user account within a Storage System to use "[QSCLITKN]" token based password authentication for a given Management User account.
	alerts	Alert types to subscribe to. Alerts at the subscribed level are sent to the user's email address automatically when a SMTP server is configured. [critical, error, info, *none, warning]
	disable-wui-tabs	Disables specified tabs in the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [cloud-containers, cluster-resource-mgmt, multitenancy, *none, remote-replication, scaleout-nas-mgmt, scaleout-object-mgmt, users-groups]
	disable-wui-sections	Disables specified expandable sections in the left-hand side of the web management interface. This is useful for hiding unused features and/or simplifying the user interface for administrators assigned with specific tasks. [hardware, hosts, network-shares, *none, physical-disks, snapshot-schedules, storage-pools, storage-volumes]
	enable-mfa	Enable Multi Factor Authentication for this user at login.
	mfa-config	Name or ID of a multi-factor authentication configuration.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

user-password-set

Changes the password for the specified user

 qs user-password-set|passwd --user=value --new-password=value [--old-password=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	new-password	New password for the User.
	old-password	Old password for the User.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

user-remove

Removes the specified user identified by name or ID.

 qs user-remove|u-remove --user=value [--flags=value ] 

	user	Name or ID (GUID) of a existing user.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

User Group Management [USER-GROUP]

Users can be grouped together to simplify management of Resource Groups.

user-group-create

Creates a new storage user group comprised of the specified users.

 qs user-group-create|ug-create --name=value [--user-list=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] [--gid=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	user-list	A list of one or more users.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]
	gid	POSIX group ID to be associated with the specified user account. New files and directories created within Network Shares via NFS/SMB by this user will be associated with this GID.

user-group-delete

Deletes a storage user group, the users are not deleted unless the delete-users flag is set.

 qs user-group-delete|ug-delete --user-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

user-group-get

Returns information about a specific storage user group.

 qs user-group-get|ug-get --user-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

user-group-list

Returns a list of all the storage user groups.

 qs user-group-list|ug-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

user-group-modify

Modifies the name and/or description of a storage user group.

 qs user-group-modify|ug-modify --user-group=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--gid=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	gid	POSIX group ID to be associated with the specified user account. New files and directories created within Network Shares via NFS/SMB by this user will be associated with this GID.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

user-group-user-add

Adds one or more users to the specified user group.

 qs user-group-user-add|ugu-add --user-group=value --user-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	user-list	A list of one or more users.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

user-group-user-remove

Removes one or more users from the specified user group

 qs user-group-user-remove|ugu-remove --user-group=value --user-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	user-group	A group of one or more users.
	user-list	A list of one or more users.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Storage Volume Management [VOLUME]

Commands for the management of Storage Volumes which are block devices which can be presented to Hosts via the iSCSI and/or FC protocols.

volume-clone

Creates a complete block copy of the source volume.

 qs volume-clone|v-clone --volume=value [--pool=value ] [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Name for the clone, if not provided the source volume name will be used as a prefix.
	desc	A description for the object.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-create

Creates a new Storage Volume in the specified storage pool.

 qs volume-create|v-create --name=value --size=value --pool=value [--desc=value ] [--percent-reserved=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--chap-policy=value ] [--chap-user=value ] [--chap-pass=value ] [--count=value ] [--blocksize-kb=value ] [--stripesize-kb=value ] [--stripe-count=value ] [--qos-policy=value ] [--volume-profile=value ] [--sync=value ] [--primarycache=value ] [--secondarycache=value ] [--compression-type=value ] [--copies=value ] [--reserved=value ] [--unmapped=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	size	Size may be specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	desc	A description for the object.
	percent-reserved	Percentage of the Storage Volume's total size that should be set aside as reserved space deducted from the pool's free-space (default is 0)
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	chap-policy	CHAP setting can be 'target' which is unique to a Storage Volume, 'user' or 'resource-group' which inherits the chap user/pass from your user account or tenant resource cloud respectively. [cloud-defaults, *disabled, target, user-defaults]
	chap-user	An optional iSCSI CHAP username.
	chap-pass	An optional iSCSI CHAP password.
	count	The number of volumes to create, default is 1.
	blocksize-kb	Volume block size in KB, valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. Larger values deliver higher performance for workloads with high sequential IO. Default value is 8K
	stripesize-kb	Indicates the stripe unit size for the underlying Ceph RBD.
	stripe-count	Indicates the number of objects to write to per stripe before returning to the first object.
	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	volume-profile	Storage Volume IO Profile settings used to optimize performance for specific use cases.
	sync	Synchronization policy to use for handling writes to the storage pool (standard, always, none). standard mode is a hybrid of write-through and write-back caching based on the O_SYNC flag, always mode is write-through to ZIL which could be SSD cache, and disabled indicates to always use async writes. [always, disabled, *standard]
	primarycache	Sets the cache policy for how ARC (RAM) should be used to cache data and metadata. 'all' indicates both data and metadata should be cached while 'metadata' indicates only metadata should be cached. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	secondarycache	Sets the cache policy for how L2ARC (SSD read cache) should be used to cache data and metadata. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	compression-type	off | lzjb | gzip | gzip-[1-9] | zle | lz4 | zstd | zstd-fast)
	copies	Indicates the number of copies of each block should be maintained in the Storage Pool. This is a way of getting duplicates for bit-rot protection on a single device (supported only on ZFS based pools).
	reserved	Amount of thick-provisioned reserved space for a Storage Volume specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	unmapped	Applies only to scale-out (Ceph) block devices, this option disables mapping of the new Storage Volume (RBD) so that it is never connected to the iSCSI/FC/NVMeoF target driver.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-create-passthru

Creates a new Storage Volume using a raw device which is simply passed through to form a Storage Volume.

 qs volume-create-passthru|v-create-passthru --name=value --disk-list=value [--desc=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--chap-policy=value ] [--chap-user=value ] [--chap-pass=value ] [--blocksize-kb=value ] [--qos-policy=value ] [--volume-profile=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	disk-list	Comma delimited (no spaces) list of drives to be used for the operation may also include disk names, IDs, Storage System names / IDs, storage pool names / IDs, [all] to select all disks, [nopaths] to indicate no paths of a mulitpath or encrypted device, [unused] to indicate disks that are available and not in use by pools, [eq:SIZE] such as[eq:10TB] to only select disks of a specific size, [gt:SIZE] to select disks with a SIZE greater than that specified, [lt:SIZE] to indicate disks smaller than SIZE the specified, [spares] or [nospares] to search for or exclude spares, and property filters like[vendor:VVVV], [product:PPPP], and [disktype:N].
	desc	A description for the object.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	chap-policy	CHAP setting can be 'target' which is unique to a Storage Volume, 'user' or 'resource-group' which inherits the chap user/pass from your user account or tenant resource cloud respectively. [cloud-defaults, *disabled, target, user-defaults]
	chap-user	An optional iSCSI CHAP username.
	chap-pass	An optional iSCSI CHAP password.
	blocksize-kb	Volume block size in KB, valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. Larger values deliver higher performance for workloads with high sequential IO. Default value is 8K
	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	volume-profile	Storage Volume IO Profile settings used to optimize performance for specific use cases.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-delete

Deletes a Storage Volume, *WARNING* any data in the volume will be lost.

 qs volume-delete|v-delete [--volume-list=value ] [--delete-child-snaps-only=value ] [--delete-child-snaps-and-parent=value ] [--search-filter=value ] [--dry-run-only=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	delete-child-snaps-only	Deletes the child snapshots of the specified share/volume. Parent share/volume will not be deleted.
	delete-child-snaps-and-parent	Deletes the child snapshots of the specified share/volume along with the specified parent share/volume.
	search-filter	Filter the results of the Network Share List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	dry-run-only	Dry run will not delete any shares, only returns a list of shares found by the specified search criteria and options
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-get

Returns information about a specific Storage Volume.

 qs volume-get|v-get --volume=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

volume-health-check

Checks the health/state of the volume and recursively checks the health of the associated pool and it's disk devices to see if there are any health issues anywhere in the stack.

 qs volume-health-check|v-check --volume=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

volume-hold-add

Add a hold on a Storage Volume snapshot to prevent it from getting deleted. Releasing the hold will allow deletion.

 qs volume-hold-add|v-hld-add --volume=value [--hold-tag=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	hold-tag	Tag identifying the hold.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

volume-hold-remove

Add a hold on a Storage Volume snapshot to prevent it from getting deleted. Releasing the hold will allow deletion.

 qs volume-hold-remove|v-hld-remove --volume=value [--hold-tag=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	hold-tag	Tag identifying the hold.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [min]

volume-list

Returns a list of all the Storage Volumes.

 qs volume-list|v-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

volume-modify

Modifies the name, description or other properties of the Storage Volume.

 qs volume-modify|v-modify --volume=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] [--chap-policy=value ] [--chap-user=value ] [--chap-pass=value ] [--enable-wb-cache=value ] [--is-active-checkpoint=value ] [--sync=value ] [--primarycache=value ] [--secondarycache=value ] [--compression-type=value ] [--copies=value ] [--qos-policy=value ] [--volume-profile=value ] [--reserved=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]
	chap-policy	CHAP setting can be 'target' which is unique to a Storage Volume, 'user' or 'resource-group' which inherits the chap user/pass from your user account or tenant resource cloud respectively. [cloud-defaults, *disabled, target, user-defaults]
	chap-user	An optional iSCSI CHAP username.
	chap-pass	An optional iSCSI CHAP password.
	enable-wb-cache	Enables the write-back cache on the iSCSI target driver, this option uses volatile system RAM for cache and is not recommended.
	is-active-checkpoint	Network Shares and Storage Volumes marked as an active replica checkpoint cannot be replicated over by replication schedules or the replication system. Use is used to protect a given volume/share in the event of site failover to ensure the source side doesn't overwrite replicas at the DR site which are in use. Note: Checkpoints are automatically marked as active replica checkpoints whenever access is granted to them or they are accessed via a file or block storage session.
	sync	Synchronization policy to use for handling writes to the storage pool (standard, always, none). standard mode is a hybrid of write-through and write-back caching based on the O_SYNC flag, always mode is write-through to ZIL which could be SSD cache, and disabled indicates to always use async writes. [always, disabled, *standard]
	primarycache	Sets the cache policy for how ARC (RAM) should be used to cache data and metadata. 'all' indicates both data and metadata should be cached while 'metadata' indicates only metadata should be cached. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	secondarycache	Sets the cache policy for how L2ARC (SSD read cache) should be used to cache data and metadata. [all, *auto, metadata, none]
	compression-type	off | lzjb | gzip | gzip-[1-9] | zle | lz4 | zstd | zstd-fast)
	copies	Indicates the number of copies of each block should be maintained in the Storage Pool. This is a way of getting duplicates for bit-rot protection on a single device (supported only on ZFS based pools).
	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	volume-profile	Storage Volume IO Profile settings used to optimize performance for specific use cases.
	reserved	Amount of thick-provisioned reserved space for a Storage Volume specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T

volume-profile-get

Gets information about a specific Storage Volume profile.

 qs volume-profile-get|vp-get --profile=value [--flags=value ] 

	profile	Specifies an optional IO optimization profile for the storage pool. Storage pool profiles control elements like read-ahead, queue depth and other device configurable settings.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

volume-profile-list

Returns a list of all the Storage Volume profiles.

 qs volume-profile-list|vp-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

volume-reassign-schedule

Reassigns the created by ownership for a volume and optionally it's GMT snapshots to a new replication schedule so that they can be automatically cleaned up by the new schedule.

 qs volume-reassign-schedule|v-reassign-schedule --volume=value --schedule=value [--recursive=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	schedule	Name or ID of a replication schedule.
	recursive	Recursively update the GMT snapshots of the specified parent Storage Volume.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-resize

Re-sizes a Storage Volume to make it larger, volumes cannot be reduced in size.

 qs volume-resize|v-resize --volume=value --new-size=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	new-size	New larger size for the volume specified in MiB, GiB, or TiB. examples: 4G, 100M, 1.4T
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-restore

Restores a Storage Volume to a previous point in time using a previously created snapshot. The volume restore process uses a full copy technique which is much slower than the Volume Rollback operation but works with any point-in-time snapshot.

 qs volume-restore|v-restore --volume=value --snapshot=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	snapshot	Name or ID of a snapshot volume to use as the restore point.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-rollback

Does an instant rollback of a Storage Volume to a previous point-in-time using the most recently created snapshot volume. Rollback only works with the most recently created snapshot. To rollback using an earlier snapshot, all snapshots that were created after the snapshot to be used for rollback must be deleted. For example, volume V1 with snapshots Vt1, Vt2, Vt3 only Vt3 can be used for rollback. To use Vt1 for rollback Vt2 and Vt3 must be deleted first.

 qs volume-rollback|v-rollback --volume=value --snapshot=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	snapshot	Name or ID of a snapshot volume to use as the restore point.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-search

Returns a subset of Storage Volumes matching the given criteria.

 qs volume-search|v-search --search-filter=value [--flags=value ] 

	search-filter	Filter the results of the Storage Volume List to match the specified search criteria, in the form "key:value" or "<modifier>key:value" where valid modifiers are '=' (for equal), '~' (for not), '>' (for greater than), '<' (for lesser than), or '*' (for like).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force]

volume-set-qos

Sets quality of service (QoS) performance maximums for IOPS and bandwidth for the specified Storage Volume.

 qs volume-set-qos|v-qos --volume=value [--iops-read=value ] [--iops-write=value ] [--bw-read=value ] [--bw-write=value ] [--qos-policy=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	iops-read	Sets the maximum number of 4K read IOPS (I/O per second) as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume.
	iops-write	Sets the maximum number of 4K write IOPS (I/O per second) as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume.
	bw-read	Sets the maximum read bandwidth (e.g., 100MB) per second as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume, 0 (default) indicates unlimited.
	bw-write	Sets the maximum write bandwidth (e.g., 100MB) per second as a Quality of Service (QoS) control on the Storage Volume, 0 (default) indicates unlimited.
	qos-policy	Specifies the name or ID of a Quality of Service (QoS) policy. QoS policies limit the throughput and IOPs of a Storage Volume which is especially useful in multi-tenant environments.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-snapshot

Creates a space efficient copy of the source volume.

 qs volume-snapshot|v-snap --volume=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--count=value ] [--lazy-clone=value ] [--wait-for-signal=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	name	Name for the snapshot, if not provided the source volume name will be used as a prefix.
	desc	A description for the object.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	count	The number of snapshots of the specified volume to create, default is 1.
	lazy-clone	Delays making the snapshot volume writable until it is assigned to a host or modified in some way. This option doesn't save space but does reduce CPU and memory usage load on the system and is recommended if you're not planning to use the snapshot right away.
	wait-for-signal	Some tasks (volume-snapshot) have the ability to wait for a signal at a key point before proceeding. To signal the task to proceed once started use 'task-proceed'.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-snapshot-revert

Clears all changes to the snapshot by reverting back to the point-in-time of when the snapshot was originally created. WARNING: Any changes made to the snapshot will be lost.

 qs volume-snapshot-revert|v-snap-revert --volume=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-utilization-get

Returns a specific volume utilization metrics for a single volume and specific date.

 qs volume-utilization-get|vu-get --entry=value [--flags=value ] 

	entry	Specifies the GUID or the name of a volume utilization entry in the form of 'VOLUMENAME:TIMESTAMP'
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

volume-utilization-list

Returns volume utilization information for a specific Storage Volume or all Storage Volumes if no volume is specified.

 qs volume-utilization-list|vu-list [--volume=value ] [--offset-days=value ] [--num-days=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	offset-days	Offset N many days back before pulling the utilization metrics.
	num-days	Number of days of utilization metrics to pull.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

Storage Volume Access Control (LUN Masking) [VOLUME-ACLS]

Volume ACLs control which Hosts have access to which Storage Volumes via block protocols like FibreChannel and iSCSI. All Storage Volumes must be assigned before they can be accessed; volumes are never made publically accessible.

volume-assign

Enables access to the specific volume from the specified host.

 qs volume-assign|va-add --volume=value --host-list=value [--lun=value ] [--free-unused-luns=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	lun	FC target Logical Unit Number (LUN) to be applied to the specified Storage Volume. LUN numbers are only relevant to FC access as all iSCSI targets have unique iqns and use LUN 0.
	free-unused-luns	Frees up the LUN number assignments for the respective Storage Volumes if there are no more Storage Volume to host assignments. Default is to retain the LUN number assignments making them static so that subsequent reassignment reuses the same LUN number for the Storage Volume. LUN number assignments only apply to FC access as iSCSI luns are always accessed via unique IQN at LUN 0.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

volume-assign-list

Returns a list of all the volume to host assignments, optionally filtered by host or Storage Volume.

 qs volume-assign-list|va-list [--volume=value ] [--host=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	host	Name of the host or its unique ID (GUID).
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [min]

volume-unassign

Disables access to the specific volume from the specified host.

 qs volume-unassign|va-remove --volume=value --host-list=value [--free-unused-luns=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	host-list	A list of one or more hosts by name or ID.
	free-unused-luns	Frees up the LUN number assignments for the respective Storage Volumes if there are no more Storage Volume to host assignments. Default is to retain the LUN number assignments making them static so that subsequent reassignment reuses the same LUN number for the Storage Volume. LUN number assignments only apply to FC access as iSCSI luns are always accessed via unique IQN at LUN 0.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

volume-unassign-all

Disables all access to the specified volume, host, or host group.

 qs volume-unassign-all|va-remove-all --volume=value [--free-unused-luns=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume	Name of the Storage Volume or its unique ID (GUID).
	free-unused-luns	Frees up the LUN number assignments for the respective Storage Volumes if there are no more Storage Volume to host assignments. Default is to retain the LUN number assignments making them static so that subsequent reassignment reuses the same LUN number for the Storage Volume. LUN number assignments only apply to FC access as iSCSI luns are always accessed via unique IQN at LUN 0.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

Storage Volume Group Management [VOLUME-GROUP]

Storage Volume Groups are a convience feature to grouping together Storage Volumes so that they can be snapshot as a set.

volume-group-clone

Creates a complete block by block copy of all volumes in the group.

 qs volume-group-clone|vg-clone --volume-group=value [--pool=value ] [--name-suffix=value ] [--desc=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	pool	Name of the storage pool or its unique ID (GUID).
	name-suffix	Name for the snapshot/clone; if unspecified the snapshot/clone will use the original name with '_snapNN'/'_cloneNN' appended.
	desc	A description for the object.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-group-create

Creates a new Storage Volume group comprised of the specified Storage Volumes

 qs volume-group-create|vg-create --name=value --volume-list=value [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async]

volume-group-delete

Deletes a Storage Volume group, the volumes are not deleted unless the delete-volumes flag is set.

 qs volume-group-delete|vg-delete --volume-group=value [--destroy-volumes=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	destroy-volumes	If 'true' all the volumes in the group will be deleted with the volume group, default is 'false'.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-group-get

Returns information about a specific Storage Volume group.

 qs volume-group-get|vg-get --volume-group=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [force, min]

volume-group-list

Returns a list of all the Storage Volume groups.

 qs volume-group-list|vg-list [--flags=value ] 

flags

Optional flags for the command. [min]

volume-group-modify

Modifies the name and/or description of a Storage Volume group.

 qs volume-group-modify|vg-modify --volume-group=value [--name=value ] [--desc=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	name	Names may only contain alpha-numeric characters and special characters (-_.) excluding the parentheses.
	desc	A description for the object.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async]

volume-group-snapshot

Creates a space efficient copy of all volumes in the group.

 qs volume-group-snapshot|vg-snap --volume-group=value [--name-suffix=value ] [--desc=value ] [--access-mode=value ] [--count=value ] [--wait-for-signal=value ] [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	name-suffix	Name for the snapshot/clone; if unspecified the snapshot/clone will use the original name with '_snapNN'/'_cloneNN' appended.
	desc	A description for the object.
	access-mode	Access mode for the volume. [none, readonly, *readwrite]
	count	The number of snapshots of the specified volume to create, default is 1.
	wait-for-signal	Some tasks (volume-snapshot) have the ability to wait for a signal at a key point before proceeding. To signal the task to proceed once started use 'task-proceed'.
	flags	Optional flags for the operation. [async, force]

volume-group-volume-add

Adds one or more volumes to the specified volume group.

 qs volume-group-volume-add|vgv-add --volume-group=value --volume-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]

volume-group-volume-remove

Removes one or more volumes from the specified volume group

 qs volume-group-volume-remove|vgv-remove --volume-group=value --volume-list=value [--flags=value ] 

	volume-group	A group of one or more Storage Volumes.
	volume-list	A list of one or more Storage Volumes.
	flags	Optional flags for the command. [async, force, forget-missing, min, *none]